Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Global / Pensionbee Group PLC

Pensionbee Group PLC

pbee · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pbee
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Global
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Pensionbee Group PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and 
Financial Statements 
2021

www.pensionbee.com

Contents

Strategic Report

1  PensionBee at a Glance    

2  Chairman’s Statement 

3  Chief Executive Officer’s Review 

4  About Us 

5  Our Strategy 

6  Our Business Model 

7  Market Opportunity 

8  Operating and Financial Review 

9  Measuring our Performance 

10  Stakeholders 

11   ESG Considerations 

12  Managing our Risks 

13  Viability Statement 

2

Page 4

Page 6

Page 8

Page 9

Page 16

Page 20

Page 22

Page 24

Page 30

Page 32

Page 42

Page 52

Page 56 

Corporate Governance Report

1  Chairman’s Introduction to Governance  

2  Board of Directors and Executive Management 

3  Corporate Governance Statement   

4  Nomination Committee Report 

5 

Investment Committee Report 

6  Audit and Risk Committee Report   

7  Directors’ Remuneration Report 

8  Directors’ Report 

Page 58

Page 60

Page 63

Page 69

Page 72

Page 74

Page 80

Page 97

9 

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  

Page 104

Financial Statements

1 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

2  Consolidated Income Statement 

3  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

4  Consolidated Statement of Change in Equity 

5  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

6  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

7  Company Financial Statements 

8  Notes to the Company’s Financial Statements 

Page 106

Page 112

Page 113

Page 114

Page 115

Page 116

Page 133

Page 135

PensionBee Group plc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic 
Report

1 PensionBee at a Glance

PensionBee is a leading online pension provider. 
Our mission is to make pensions simple, so that 
everyone can look forward to a happy retirement.  

PensionBee  is  a  leading  online  pension  provider1  in  the  UK,  with  a  mission  to  make  pensions  simple,  so 
that everyone can look forward to a happy retirement. We are a direct-to-consumer financial technology 

company  with  approximately  117,000  Invested  Customers  and  £2.6bn  of  Assets  under  Administration  as 
at  31  December  2021.2  We  deliver  a  leading  customer  proposition  to  pension  holders  in  the  UK  defined 
contribution pensions market, catering for the many people who have historically struggled to understand, 

prepare for and manage their retirement confidently.

We seek to make our customers ‘Pension Confident’ by giving them control and clarity, enabling them to 

interact with their retirement savings through a unique combination of smart technology and dedicated 

customer  service.  Our  technology  platform  allows  customers  to  combine  their  pensions  and  invest  in  a 

range  of  online  plans,  forecast  how  much  they  are  expected  to  have  saved  by  the  time  they  retire,  and 

make withdrawals from the age of 55. Our customers rate our service highly, as evidenced by our Excellent 
Trustpilot score of 4.6★ out of 5 (based on 6,288 reviews)3, our App Store rating of 4.8★ out of 5 (based on 
3,236 ratings)3 and our Customer Retention Rate which is consistently in excess of 95%.2

For the year ended 31 December 2021, PensionBee’s Revenue was £12.8m, representing a growth rate of 
103% as compared to £6.3m for 2020.2 Adjusted EBITDA for 2021 was £(16.4)m as compared to £(10.4)m 
for 2020, with an Adjusted EBITDA Margin of (129)% for 2021 as compared to (166)% for 2020, reflecting 
strong and scalable investment in the Company’s growth.2 Loss before Tax increased to £25.0m for 2021 
as compared to £13.5m for 2020, explained by increased Adjusted EBITDA together with an increase in the 
non-cash items, non-recurring and finance costs.2

1 Supported  by  PensionBee’s  Trustpilot  TrustScore  as  at  31  December  2021  of  4.6★  out  of  5  (based  on  6,288  reviews), 
comparing  favourably  to  other  key  pension  providers  who  operate  in  the  UK  Defined  Contribution  pensions  market, 
together with PensionBee’s industry awards as set out on page 15 of the About Us section of the Strategic Report.
2 See definitions on pages 30 and 31 of the Measuring Our Performance section of the Strategic Report. PensionBee’s KPIs 
include  alternative  performance  measures  (‘APMs’),  including  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  Margin.  APMs  are 
not  defined  by  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (‘IFRS’)  and  should  be  considered  together  with  the  Group’s 
IFRS measurements of performance. PensionBee believes APMs assist in providing additional insight into the underlying 
performance of PensionBee and aid comparability of information between reporting periods.
3 Compares to the Trustpilot score of 4.7★ out of 5 (based on 3,784 reviews) and an App Store rating of 4.8★ out of 5 (based 
on 486 ratings) as at 31 December 2020. 

4

Excellent 4.6 out of 5 Rating

PensionBee Group plc£2.6bn

2021 Assets under Administration2

£12.8m

2021 Revenue2

£16.3m

2021 Annual Run Rate Revenue2

91% on 2020

103% on 2020

85% on 2020

£(16.4)m

2021 Adjusted EBITDA2

(129)%

2021 Adjusted EBITDA Margin2

£(25.0)m

2021 PBT2

-58% on 2020

+37ppt on 20204

85% on 2020

(11.86)p 

2021 EPS2

658k 

2021 Registered Customers2

117k 

2021 Invested Customers2

-55% on 20205

63% on 2020

70% on 2020

>95%

2021 Customer Retention2

stable

4 Represents absolute change in Adjusted EBITDA Margin from (166)% as at 31 December 2020 to (129)% as at 31 December 2021.
5 2020 Earnings Per Share (‘EPS’) was adjusted for the impact of the IPO to give a comparable EPS of (7.67)p as set out in Note 11 of the Financial Statements..

5

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20212 Chairman’s Statement 

Planning for the future has never been more important. 
Our straightforward approach to enabling individuals to take 
control of their pensions has continued to resonate and attract 
people of all ages and demographics across the country.

We are delighted to report on another very successful year for PensionBee, with the strength of our 

We do this through the technology that we have created. But technology alone is not enough. Our 

customer proposition continuing to resonate across the UK. Reporting for our first year following 

Customer Success team is at the very heart of our business and their skills, energy and dedication are 

the  Company’s  Initial  Public  Offering  (‘IPO’)  in  April,  our  team  delivered  impressive  growth  and 

what has enabled us to establish a reputation for service that sets the gold standard for the pensions 

financial  results  firmly  on-track,  underpinned  by  our  sound  business  model,  driven  by  leadership 

industry. As we continue to grow rapidly, we will maintain close watch over the standard of service 

across product and technology and the calibre of our people. 

that we deliver to all our customers, which is of paramount importance. 

We reported strong growth across our key metrics. During 2021, we saw the number of customers 

Despite the unprecedented challenges that 2021 has brought for society as a whole, dominated by 

with  retirement  savings  invested  with  PensionBee  increase  by  70%  and  the  Assets  under 
Administration that we hold on their behalf climbing by more than 90% from £1.4bn to £2.6bn.6 
Correspondingly, our Revenue more than doubled from £6.3m in 2020 to £12.8m in 2021, and our 
Annual Run Rate Revenue increased by 85% from £8.8m to £16.3m over the same period.6 Further 
data-led customer acquisition and continued investment in our technology and people should see 

us continue to scale and progress on our path to profitability. 

the pandemic, our people have worked tirelessly, showing dedication and great resolve throughout. 

On behalf of the Board and our shareholders, I would like to extend my sincerest thanks to each and 

every one of the PensionBee team.

Governance

Our mission at PensionBee is to make pensions simple, ensuring that our customers have complete 

business and ensuring that these principles are embedded into our culture. At the time of our IPO, 

clarity over their financial futures. Planning for the future has never been more important, especially 

we stated our intention to voluntarily comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code, which has 

set against the backdrop of the global pandemic and given the economic outlook as interest rates 

paved the way for our expected transition to the Premium Segment of the London Stock Exchange. 

and inflation begin to rise. Our straightforward approach to enabling individuals to take control of 

their pensions has continued to resonate and attract people of all ages and demographics across 

We  are  focused  on  maintaining  the  right  balance  of  skills,  experience  and  diversity  throughout 

the  country,  who  are  rightly  concerned  with  ensuring  that  they  are  properly  prepared  for  their 

the business, and are pleased to have maintained gender-balance across the Board and Executive 

retirement. We appreciate that we are the guardians of their savings set aside to finance their futures 

Management team, which we firmly believe helps to drive the best outcomes.

The Board is committed to upholding the highest standards of corporate governance across the 

beyond work, and we take this responsibility to heart. 

6 See definitions on pages 30 and 31 of the Measuring Our Performance section of the Strategic Report.

6

PensionBee Group plcThe Board continues to provide support and appropriate challenge to the Executive Management 

New opportunities and developments in technology are expected to continue to accelerate change 

team to ensure that the strategy is sound, achievable and ultimately delivered. Full details of the 

in the pensions industry in ways that will ultimately benefit all consumers. PensionBee has already 

work of the Board and its Committees are set out in the Corporate Governance Report from page 57. 

built a technology platform, a product and a team that can continue to scale quickly, capturing this 

ever growing ‘mass-market’ opportunity, allowing individuals to manage all their pensions in one 

We believe that effective stakeholder engagement is key to the long-term sustainable success of 

place, through an efficient and scalable platform. 

our business and as such, our goal is to proactively engage with our key stakeholders, to understand 

their needs and interests and to respond accordingly. When the Board makes decisions, we consider 

With a leading customer proposition, a resilient business model, and a robust capital position, we 

our customers, employees, shareholders, communities, suppliers, government and regulators and 

believe that we are uniquely positioned to continue to grow at pace and we look forward to 2022 

our planet. Further detail is set out on pages 32 to 39 of the Stakeholders section of the Strategic 

being yet another exciting year in the PensionBee story.

Mark Wood CBE
Chairman

13 April 2022

Report. 

Environmental, Social and Governance

Effectively managing our Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) priorities will help preserve 

our resilience and drive long-term value for all our stakeholders. We continue to pursue our ESG 

work transparently, disclosing our targets and relevant metrics, and believe this approach supports 

accountability and helps our stakeholders to be informed about our progress. 

Of  note,  this  year  we  are  pleased  to  have  integrated  ESG  into  our  investment  range  to  secure 

sustainable value for our customers, our society and our planet, closing two plans that could not be 

screened under our ESG policy. We continued to minimise our impact on the environment through 

our remote working policy and as a paperless provider and encouraged other pension companies 

to stop sending out millions of paper statements each year. 

As part of our commitment to increasing our transparency in all the strands of ESG, we disclosed under 

the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board, Workforce Disclosure Initiative and the Streamlined 

Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) frameworks for the first time. We will disclose under additional 

frameworks as data becomes available and as it relates to future incoming regulation in respect of 

climate-related disclosures. Further details on our ESG activities can be found on pages 42 to 51 of 

the ESG Considerations section of the Strategic Report and our SECR Reporting is set out on pages 

97 to 103 of the Directors’ Report within the Corporate Governance Report. 

Outlook

We  believe  that  growth  in  the  UK  pensions  market  will  continue  at  pace,  being  driven  by  the 

supportive regulatory framework and favourable policy changes, the acceleration of the transition 

to digital technology and underlying trends in the employment market that increasingly demand a 

modern pension consolidation solution. 

7

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
3 Chief Executive Officer’s Review

Whilst our metrics shine a light on the health of the 
business operations and the competitive advantage of 
our proprietary technology, it is our culture that ultimately 
enables our Company to deliver top performance.

As  a  fast-growing  company,  we  are  used  to  regularly  breaking  our  own  records  and  setting  the 

We seek to lead our industry on product and service innovation, but are also committed to ensuring 

standards  and  benchmarks  that  we  hold  ourselves  up  to.  From  the  outstanding  quality  of  our 

that our business delivers a positive impact on our society and our planet. In 2021, we strengthened 

innovative technology platform and user experience to the rapid customer service we offer consumers 

our  commitment  to  international  corporate  transparency  frameworks  such  as  the  Sustainability 

seeking to take control of their pensions, PensionBee aims to lead the industry in everything we do. 

Accounting  Standards  Board  and  Workforce  Disclosure  Initiative,  further  integrated  ESG  into  our 

core  investment  range  and  continued  to  work  with  our  asset  managers  to  assert  our  customers’ 

I am often asked whether we can continue to meet and beat our own expectations even as we grow 

views on Living Wages, and gender and ethnicity pay gaps. 

rapidly. I reflect on this question every year as I examine our results and reflect on our achievements. 

By many measures, 2021 has been a milestone year for PensionBee. Our successful Initial Public Offering 

advantage  of  our  proprietary  technology,  it  is  our  culture  that  ultimately  enables  our  Company 

(‘IPO’) enabled us to welcome new shareholders who, like us, believe in our mission to make pensions 

to  deliver  top  performance.  The  pandemic  and  rapid  changes  in  working  patterns  have  tested 

simple so everyone can look forward to a happy retirement. We were particularly proud to facilitate 

the resilience of every business in the world. Our values of love, quality, honesty, innovation and 

a customer offer, giving our loyal and supportive customer base the opportunity to participate in the 

simplicity, and the ways in which we demonstrate them on a daily basis, have allowed us to thrive. 

Whilst  our  metrics  shine  a  light  on  the  health  of  the  business  operations  and  the  competitive 

IPO. The £55m of primary proceeds that we raised from both institutions and customers enabled us 

to continue investing in our brand and technology, ultimately giving our 117,000 Invested Customers 
the 'pension confidence' to entrust us with approximately £2.6bn of their pension savings.7 

We delivered this growth in Assets under Administration7, again reflecting an annual growth rate of more 
than  90%  against  a  backdrop  of  consistently  high  customer  satisfaction.  We  maintained  our  Excellent 

We  celebrate  our  diversity  regularly  because  we  know  that  honouring  the  uniqueness  of  every 

individual is what makes PensionBee a special place to advance one’s career. The commitment to 

our employees stems from the leadership team and this year we were proud to learn that 92% of our 

employees would recommend PensionBee to a friend as a great place to work.

Trustpilot rating of 4.6★ and app store ratings of 4.8 and 4.7 on the Apple Store and Google Play Store 
respectively.  Our  internally  measured  Net  Promoter  Score  was  an  industry-leading  638,  reflecting  the 
enormous importance we place on keeping our customers happy. We are delighted to see the positive 

Looking  ahead  to  2022,  we  will  continue  to  implement  our  ambitious  growth  plan  to  acquire 

more customers and to use our unique technology and innovative product offering to help them 

manage their pensions throughout their lifetime. We are proud to serve our customers on this path 

impact  of  product  innovations  including  our  60-second  ‘easy  bank  transfer’  contribution  feature, 

of purpose to make a happy retirement possible for all.

personalised tax codes for withdrawing customers, a highly detailed transfer tracker and transactional push 

notifications to keep our customers informed of key transactions in their BeeHive. 

7 See definitions on pages 30 and 31 of the Measuring Our Performance section of the Strategic Report.
8 PensionBee’s externally measured NPS is 75. Source: Boring Money, 2022.

8

Romi Savova
Chief Executive Officer

13 April 2022

PensionBee Group plc4 About Us 

Our History

Since inception, we have been a 
consumer champion in a highly 
complex industry, ripe for disruption

PensionBee  was  co-founded  in  2014  by  Romi  Savova,  its  current  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 

Jonathan Lister Parsons, its current Chief Technology Officer, to simplify pension savings in the UK, 

following a difficult pension transfer experience for Romi using traditional platforms. 

Since  then,  we  have  been  challenging  the  status  quo  of  an  industry  that  has  evolved  without 

sufficient  focus  on  consumer  needs,  characterised  by  poor  communication,  opaque  fees  and 

cumbersome processes. PensionBee is on a mission to make pensions simple for everyone and to 

change the industry for the better.

9

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Our Vision 

We  strive  to  help  our  customers  achieve  a  happy  retirement  in  the  form  of  financial  freedom, 

good health and social inclusion. Our vision acts as a blueprint for all our business activities, from 

outstanding customer service and intuitive product design, to investment solutions with some of 

the  world’s  largest  money  managers  and  impactful  corporate  and  social  responsibility  initiatives. 

As a pensions company with a long-term horizon for our customers, we seek to look beyond short-

term gains to help our customers achieve a sustainable retirement income.

10

PensionBee Group plcFinancial Freedom

Social Inclusion

Our  customers  have  a  large  variety  of  retirement  goals  and  ambitions, 

We  believe  that  the  Company’s  product  must  be  built  to  help  people 

whether  purchasing  homes  close  to  their  children,  travelling  around  the 

from all backgrounds to save for retirement. The UK’s statutory secondary 

world  or  simply  living  without  any  financial  worries.  Each  customer  is 

school  national  curriculum  contains  little  formal  financial  education, 

unique, but to achieve their ideal retirement, they all need sufficient income 

and  over  the  course  of  their  lives,  individuals  do  not  all  have  the  same 

to cover their living expenses for the rest of their lives. This, at its core, is the 

exposure to financial concepts. As a result, many struggle to navigate the 

concept of financial freedom.

pensions system as adults. 

For  too  long,  consumers  have  struggled  to  manage  their  retirement  savings.  Pensions  are  often 

By  designing  and  building  our  product  in  recognition  of  these  realities,  we  seek  to  help  our 

complicated and, combined with the added intricacies that can result from the accrual of multiple 

customers overcome these educational barriers. For example, our technology platform is designed 

pension plans from different employers over the course of a career, present a significant obstacle for 

to make it easy and intuitive for customers to combine their pensions, we offer tools such as pension 

consumers wanting to take control of their retirement savings. PensionBee’s technology platform is 

calculators  and  retirement  forecasting  tools  to  help  customers  plan  ahead  and  make  suitable 

designed to make it easy for customers to both understand and consolidate their pensions, to invest in 

contributions, we help savers make on-demand and appropriate withdrawals, and we support all of 

a range of diversified plans and, from the age of 55, to make on-demand and appropriate withdrawals. 

this with excellent customer service and jargon-free communication.

Through access to pension calculators and retirement forecasting tools, we seek to help our customers 

understand how much they need to save in order to achieve their desired income in retirement.

In addition, we are an advocate for greater gender equality in UK companies. There is a large body of 

Good Health

We  believe  that  good  physical  and  mental  health  can  be  a  major 

determinant  of  happiness  in  later  life.  Whilst  quality  nutrition  and  safe 

living  conditions  are  important  contributors  to  good  health,  we  also 

believe that financial wellbeing can have a significant role to play.

Our platform has been designed in a user-friendly way so as to limit the stresses of engaging with 

one’s pension and to help customers exercise greater control over their financial future.

Similarly,  we  also  want  to  give  our  customers  greater  peace  of  mind  by  offering  more  ethically 

and  environmentally  conscious  investment  alternatives.  Not  only  is  there  quantitative  evidence 

from industry experts suggesting that sustainable investments yield greater returns, but there are 

significant financial risks associated with investing in pollutants such as oil and tobacco producers. 

These financial risks can be aggravated by government action (whether through outright bans or 

research suggesting that women have been held back by a lack of equal opportunities and systemic 

inequalities that prevent career progression. Research conducted by PensionBee suggests that these 

inequalities are perpetuated in later life with men having significantly larger pensions than women 

after  the  age  of  45,  despite  having  a  shorter  life  expectancy.  In  recognition  of  these  inequalities, 

PensionBee’s first Charter pledge taken in 2019 was to maintain at least 50% gender diversity in its 
senior management through to 2021, which it has achieved. For 2021 we achieved more than 50%9 
female representation across our entire employee base, and 50% female representation across our 
Board and Executive Management Team.10 

We are also committed to encouraging other forms of equality in UK companies. Efforts to include, 

nurture and progress employees from all backgrounds, including diverse ethnicities can translate 

into  higher  engagement  and  lower  attrition  rates.  We  believe  that  there  is  a  strong  moral  and 

economic case for increased diversity in UK companies. Greater equality can translate into improved 

Company performance, which in turn supports the pension growth of our customers.

Our  Diversity,  Inclusion  and  Equality  Policy  sets  our  approach  and  commitment  to  diversity  and 

includes our goals for 2022, which include maintaining at least 50% women and minority gender 

balance at all levels and increasing representation of all minority ethnicities to at least match the UK 

taxes), civil lawsuits, and adverse media coverage. In facilitating sustainable investments, we seek to 

population across all levels of the business.

enhance our customers’ long-term pension wealth as well as their mental wellbeing.

9 Supported by PensionBee’s Diversity & Inclusion Survey, completed in June 2021.
10 As of 31 December 2021.

11

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Our Customer Proposition

We are revolutionising the pensions industry 
through innovative technology, product 
leadership and excellent customer service

Pensions are often complicated and difficult to understand, presenting an obstacle for consumers 

to engage with their savings. Against this backdrop, PensionBee has developed a simple and easy 

to use mass-market proposition that provides a solution to the consumer problem of saving for and 

managing their income throughout retirement.

Our customer proposition can be summarised as follows:

Contribute

Combine

The average adult switches jobs approximately 11 times over the course of their career.11 In doing so, 
they may accrue a number of disparate pensions with differing providers and cost structures which, 

as a result of a variety of factors which could include infrequent reporting, limited online functionality, 

and cumbersome communications processes, can prove difficult to manage effectively. By signing up 

with PensionBee, either via our website or by using our app, our customers are able to combine and 

transfer their existing pensions into the PensionBee Personal Pension with ease. Once their pensions 

have  been  transferred,  customers  are  able  to  start  managing  their  new  pension  online  and  can 

monitor their live balance via our website or app. 

Contribute

Our  customers  can  make  one-off  or  regular  contributions  to  their  PensionBee  pension  via  bank 

transfer or direct debit. For customers who make a personal pension contribution and are eligible 

for  tax  relief,  we  will  automatically  claim  their  25%  tax  top-up  from  HMRC  and  add  this  to  their 

pension  balance.  Customers  can  also  make  use  of  our  retirement  calculator,  which  provides  an 

estimate of retirement income based on a number of assumptions including the size of the pension 

plan,  chosen  retirement  age  and  ongoing  contributions,  to  plan  ahead  for  their  retirement.  Self-

employed customers can open a new pension plan without transferring any old pensions.

Combine

Withdraw

Withdraw

From the age of 55, our customers can withdraw a portion of their pension online in just a few clicks, 

bypassing a process which can in some cases involve many weeks filling out paperwork and jargon-

filled forms, which are often sent only through the post. Customers may choose to take up to 25% 

of their pension free of tax, withdrawing their chosen amount either as a lump sum or in portions.

11 Department for Work and Pensions (‘DWP’) - Meeting future workplace pension challenges: Improving transfers 
and dealing with small pension pots - December 2011.

12

PensionBee Group plcOur Team

Our team has the breadth and depth 
of experience across all disciplines to 
deliver the best customer outcomes, 
drive growth and performance

Led by our founders Romi Savova and Jonathan Lister Parsons, we have a strong and established 

Executive  Management  team.  We  have  a  deep,  experienced  and  diverse  board,  led  by  our  Chair 

Mark Wood (former CEO of Prudential).

Our  diverse  and  inclusive  total  workforce  of  177  individuals12  is  motivated  and  empowered  to 
achieve great results across all areas of the business, including customer service and engagement, 

brand and marketing, product development, technology, finance, corporate and risk. 

We develop and support our talent and strive to ensure that our people are actively engaged. Our 

strong culture and values enable us to attract and retain people who passionately believe in our 

vision.  All  our  employees  participate  in  long-term  equity  schemes,  which  further  helps  to  drive 

engagement and an ownership mentality. 

12 As of 31 December 2021. Includes 172 UK employees, 1 UK contractor and 4 non-UK contractors. 

13

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
Our Values

We live by our core values, focused on 
doing the right thing for our customers

We  are  dedicated  to  ensuring  that  our  five  core  values  remain  as  guiding  principles  behind 

everything  we  do,  so  that  everyone  in  the  Company  remains  focused  on  always  doing  the  right 

thing for our customers. As we continue on our growth path, there is a particular focus on protecting 

and maintaining the culture associated with these values - a strong focus on well-being, including 

regular ‘Happiness! Meetings’ between employees and managers, helps to embed this approach.    

Honesty

We strive for total transparency around the pensions our 

customers get, what service they can expect and our fees.

We have built a program to focus specifically on the development and enhancement of our values-

based culture, led by our Head of Culture, Inclusion and Wellbeing. We have embedded our values 

Innovation

into our performance management approach and throughout relevant policies in order to achieve 

We are always seeking to ‘wow’ our customers (and employees) 

our  strategic  goals.  Our  Senior  Independent  Director,  Mary  Francis  CBE,  enjoys  responsibility  for 

through new and improved ways of doing things. 

employee engagement, and we regularly report on our people and culture at a Board level, given 

the importance we place on our values-based culture and its success in driving the achievement of 

our strategy. 

Love

Further details and specific examples of how the Board and Company engage with our employees 

can be found on page 34 of the Stakeholders section of the Strategic Report.

From engaging with our customers to product delivery, we go above 

and beyond to create an exceptional customer experience. 

Quality

We deliver top notch quality, on-time work, and we do what 

we say we’ll do. People trust us with their pension savings, and 

we need to show them that we deserve that trust.

Simplicity

Whether we are picking up the phone or building our product, we keep 
things simple, avoiding confusing jargon and complicated processes.

14

PensionBee Group plc 
 
Our Awards

2021 has been an incredibly strong year for PensionBee and the industry has 
recognised our innovation, customer service and our diverse workplace

PensionBee has received a high level of recognition from its customers and third parties for its differentiated customer offering and high standard of customer service. 

Since inception, we have received a total of 34 awards, including the following 17 awards received in 2021:

★ Winner
Overall Best Buy for Pensions

★ Winner
Best for Customer Service

★ Winner
Best for Digital

★ Winner
Best for Sustainable Pension

★ Winner
Best for Beginners

★ Winner
DC Innovation of the Year 

Boring Money’s Best Buy 2021

Boring Money’s Best Buy 2021

Boring Money’s Best Buy 2021

Boring Money’s Best Buy 2021

Boring Money’s Best Buy 2021

UK Pensions Awards

★ Winner
Pensions Innovation

Finder Investing & Saving 

Innovation Awards

★ Winner
Employer of the Year

FTAdviser Diversity in 

Finance Awards

★ Winner
ESG Champion - Innovation
Financial Times & Investors 

Chronicle Celebration of 

Investment Awards

★ Winner
Consumer Champion of 

★ Winner
SIPP Provider of the Year

★ Winner
Consumer Champion 

★ Winner
Pension Provider of the Year

★ Winner
Best IPO Communications

the Year (Company)

MoneyAge Awards

MoneyAge Awards

of the Year

MoneyAge Awards

PensionsAge Awards

Corporate & Financial Awards 

★ Highly Commended 
Pension Provider of the Year

MoneyAge Awards

★ Highly Commended 
Trailblazing Company of the Year

★ Highly Commended 
Pension Provider of the Year

★ Highly Commended 
Best Use of Market Research

FTAdviser Diversity in Finance Awards

Workplace Savings & Benefits Awards

Investment Week’s Investment Marketing & Innovation Awards

15

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20215 Our Strategy 

PensionBee’s strategy is to be the best 
universal online pension provider  

Our strategy starts with putting the consumer at the heart of everything we do. Consequently, we 

focus on further growth of the customer base, offering customers an excellent lifetime product and 

service  experience,  powered  by  industry-leading  technology  and  world-class  investing  solutions. 

We drive growth through the following combination of factors: 

16

1 Efficient Investment in Customer Acquisition and Growing 
Brand Awareness

Continued investment in marketing will drive further growth in customers, AUA and revenue. Due 

to  PensionBee’s  broad  customer  appeal  focusing  on  the  mass  market,  we  can  adopt  large,  mass 

market  advertising  channels.  We  remain  focused  on  continuing  to  build  our  mass  market  brand 

identity and becoming a UK household brand name.

Key Highlights for FY2021: 

 •

Customer  acquisition  was  a  core  strategic  competency  for  us  in  2021  as  we  continued  to 

demonstrate our ability to efficiently deploy a rapidly growing marketing budget. 

 • We delivered net flows of approximately £1bn of AUA in 2021 (excluding market performance) 
with improved efficiency. Each £1 of marketing expenditure in 2021 generated £74 of net flows 

of AUA as compared to £64 in 2020, indicating an efficiency improvement of close to 20%. 

 •

 •

 •

Our new proprietary in-house Data Platform delivered valuable insights across all of our core 

marketing channels, and helped to drive decision-making through successive COVID-19 waves. 

It has allowed us to optimise marketing spend across channels to grow rapidly while keeping 
our Cost per Invested Customer in line with our desired threshold13. 

Across 2021, the majority of the marketing spend was deployed on the top three channels as 

expected, being TV, Out of Home and Paid Search. 

Our ‘Feels so Good’ brand campaign was rolled-out nationally across all channels - advertised 

on over 4,500 billboards across the UK and created in excess of 450m impressions. It resonated 

with a wide target audience, specifically older age cohorts, which helped to grow our over 50s 

customer base.

 • We became the official pension partner sponsor of Brentford Football Club (‘Brentford Bees’), 

before their historic promotion into the Premier League.

 • We  have  increased  our  brand  mentions  through  our  content-led  reports,  stories,  consumer 

advocacy and national media campaigns.

 •

Our active participation in government working groups, regulatory and policy development 

and  consultations  has  enhanced  and  developed  PensionBee’s  position  as  a  consumer 

champion. 

13 See definitions on pages 30 and 31 of the Measuring Our Performance section of the Strategic Report.

PensionBee Group plc2 Leadership in Product Innovation

Continued  product  innovation  is  central  to  our  strategy.  The  PensionBee  customer  proposition  has 

been enabled by investment in continuous innovation and automation, allowing easy onboarding of 

customers and intuitive lifetime self-service. We have a proven track record in innovating and leading the 

pensions industry and will continue to develop products and features to cater for consumer demand.

Key Highlights for FY2021:

 •

 •

This  has  been  another  year  of  product  innovations  for  the  PensionBee  product  helping  to 

increase our customer base and enabling them to contribute more money into their pensions, 

laying the groundwork for expansion of our product offering beyond pensions. 

Product developments that reduce friction, enabling us to serve our customers with less and less 
human intervention support improvements in our efficiency and operating leverage over time14. 

 • We launched the ‘Easy bank transfer’ feature that enables a 60 second set up for both one-
off  and  recurring  pension  contributions.  We  expect  this  to  increase  net  flows  from  existing 

customers. This was achieved through Open Banking technology and a long-term integration 

with Plaid software (facilitating secure connection with users’ bank accounts), the setting up of 

which will support PensionBee with respect to further open banking data-led features.

 • We enhanced our in-app drawdown features, enabling us to offer more streamlined withdrawals 
to our drawdown customer base (over the age of 55), which we expect to play a greater role in 

our customer acquisition activities going forward as drawdown seeking consumers increasingly 

search for easy-to-use technology to access their savings through retirement. 

3 Investment in and Development of its Industry Leading 
Technology Platform

Our proprietary technology is modern, scalable and secure. The cloud-based and API-driven platform 

provides  the  foundations  on  which  to  continue  to  build  dynamic  and  innovative  products,  while 

maintaining full control over the experience delivered to customers in a cost-efficient manner. The 

security and compliance of the technology is a priority, and we maintain a robust information security 

assurance framework that is independently audited and certified under ISO 27001. We have made, 

and will continue to make, investments in technology to drive further automation and improve the 

customer experience.

Key Highlights for FY2021:

 • We continued to invest in our technology over the year. 

 •

Considerable resources were directed towards the Data Platform (in particular the development 

of its machine learning capabilities and importing of new data sources into the platform), which 

has been instrumental in helping us calibrate decision-making, marketing budget allocation 

and to achieve our marketing objectives. 

 • We  recruited  a  dedicated  Data  Team,  who  sit  within  the  technology  department,  to  build 

capability and support the automation of data activities in other business areas.

 • We added an additional feature allowing drawdown customers to use personalised tax codes, 
enabling  them  to  access  their  pensions  more  tax  efficiently  from  the  outset,  enhancing  the 

 •

customer experience for this expanding customer set of more mature customers.

Our technology team also devoted resources to optimising our transfer processes, including 

more straight-through automation of light-touch pension transfers. 

 • We opened up our offering to better cater for the self-employed, allowing them to set up a 

 • We made ongoing efficiency improvements in consolidation activity to drive productivity. 

pension with a contribution, circumventing the need to add a pre-existing pension.

 • We upgraded the exit fee and special benefit review and transfer process, reducing transfer friction, 
improving speed and conversion, and reducing involvement from our customer services team.

 • We  launched  a  new  ‘Transfer  Tracker’,  enabling  customers  to  more  effectively  track  their 

pension transfers, and serving to reduce inbound queries.

 •

New push notifications allowed customers to take direct actions in the app, providing real-time 

transactional information to customers, reducing inbound queries.

 • We  implemented  two-factor  Authentication  (2FA)  across  our  web  and  mobile  apps,  adding 
a  layer  of  security  to  give  customers  additional  peace  of  mind.  This  was  a  highly  requested 

feature by our customers, particularly those at the stage of withdrawal.

 •

Pension  provider-based  onboarding  was  a  focus,  deepening  proprietary  relationships  and 

improving communication, creating efficiency improvements.

 •

As information security continues to remain critical, we successfully completed our ISO 27001 

re-certification audit.

14 Operating leverage indicates scalability in terms of how revenue growth translates into the improvement of 
profitability metrics.

17

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20214 Focus on Excellent Customer Service

5 Focus on Investment Solutions Designed for Customers

We are focused on making pensions easy to understand and accessible to everyone through simple, 

straightforward  language  and  engaging  visuals.  Industry-leading  ratings  evidence  the  excellent 

customer service track record. Our scalable technology-led platform is supported by easily accessible 

human interaction with ‘BeeKeepers’, providing customers with a dedicated account manager from 

the moment they are on the platform, assisting them through the on-boarding process and helping 

them understand the platform functionality.

We have partnered with some of the world’s largest money managers (BlackRock, HSBC, Legal & 

General and State Street Global Advisors) to manage our customers’ pensions. We continuously use 

the feedback we receive from our customers to tailor our investment plan offering to our customers’ 

preferences. Having responded to customer demand to exclude oil producers from their pensions 

by partnering with Legal & General to create one of the UK’s first mainstream fossil fuel free plans in 

2020, we then simplified our investment plan offering in 2021 and positioned our ESG credentials of 

our entire investment offering more prominently. We will continue to develop investment solutions 

Key Highlights for FY2021:

that meet our customers’ needs.

 •

Customer service continues to be a distinguishing marker of our offering to consumers. We 

Key Highlights for FY2021:

have built and maintained a culture that promotes employee, and in turn customer, happiness. 

 • We  have  consistently  maintained  a  high  Customer  Retention  Rate  of  >95%,  which  drives 

recurring revenue (measured by the Annual Run Rate Revenue). 

 • We have maintained industry-leading response times on communications, with strong response 

 • We  maintained  a  market-leading  investment  proposition  by  continuing  our  ongoing 

engagement with our asset management partners, solving for customer needs. 

 • We conduct an annual value for money exercise, to compare the price and performance of our 
plan range to similar products. We do this to make sure we continue to offer the best value for 

times maintained on all channels (live chat, phone, email).

money plans for our customers in a changing market. 

 • We maintained our Excellent Trustpilot rating of 4.6★ and app store ratings of 4.8 and 4.7 on 
the  Apple  Store  and  Google  Play  Store  respectively.  Our  internally  measured  Net  Promoter 
Score score was an industry-leading 63.15

 • We are active in managing relationships with existing managers, to ensure they continue to 
provide the highest levels of service and security for our customers. We regularly engage with 

new asset managers, continuously scanning the market for better value products on behalf of 

 •

Our excellent customer service has been reflected in the plethora of Awards we have received 

for 2021, including winning Boring Money’s Best Buy 2021 for ‘Best for Customer Service’.

our customers. 

 • We  completed  the  simplification  of  our  investment  plan  offering  to  facilitate  enhanced 
customer decision making by making relevant customer choices more explicit. We simplified 

our product range from nine to seven plans. We transitioned our Match Plan customers to our 

Tailored Plan (both managed by BlackRock), and our Future World Plan to our Fossil Fuel Free 

Plan (both managed by Legal & General). 

 •

The  removal  of  these  plans  also  enabled  us  to  position  the  ESG  credentials  of  our  entire 

investment offering more prominently. We continue to further explore impact-oriented plans 

to satisfy growing demand among our customer base.

15 PensionBee’s externally measured NPS is 75. Source: Boring Money, 2022.

18

PensionBee Group plc19

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20216 Our Business Model

We drive value by increasing our recurring 
revenues through growing our customer base, 
supported by our scalable operational platform 

PensionBee provides an easy-to-use technology platform for the mass market, enabling customers 

to  have  control  over  their  pensions.  We  adopt  a  simple,  transparent  fee  structure  based  on  the 

pension plan an individual chooses after their pensions have been consolidated on our platform. We 

do not provide financial advice and we do not charge a fee for the initial consolidation of pensions, 

We earn revenue through the administration of our customers’ retirement savings. Our Revenue is 

substantially recurring in nature as the annual charges are calculated daily as a percentage (basis 

points) of the value of Assets under Administration (‘AUA’) and will continue to be earned on an 
ongoing  basis  whilst  PensionBee  administers  those  assets.16  The  mix  of  investment  plans  has  an 
impact on the levels of fees charged and therefore Revenue.

AUA and Revenue have historically displayed a very high degree of stability and predictability, testament 

to  the  strength  of  the  customer  proposition  and  PensionBee’s  leading  market  position.  Revenue 

growth reflects customers’ attitudes and behaviours with respect to contributions, consolidation of 

pensions and withdrawals over time. AUA and therefore Revenue grows through existing and new 

clients adding more investments into their accounts through pension consolidation and contributions. 

We aim to minimise asset outflows with a constant focus on excellent customer service and product 

innovation. The direct nature of the relationship between PensionBee and our customers has resulted 

in the Company achieving high levels of Customer and AUA Retention Rates (each in excess of 95% as 
at 31 December 2021) generating predictable lifetime revenues and cash flows.10

nor an additional platform fee or any one-off fees for switching investments. The ongoing annual 

AUA  and  Revenue  are  also  importantly  linked  to  growth  in  the  underlying  market  value  of  the 

management fee ranges from 0.50% to 0.95% of an individual’s pension assets depending on the 

investments customers hold in their accounts. Stock markets give an indication of investment growth 

investment plan chosen, with no minimum pension size requirement.

PensionBee’s business model is built around the following elements: 

Efficient Direct-to-Consumer Distribution

We have a direct-to-consumer acquisition model, reflecting the importance of managing the end-
to-end  relationship  with  our  customers  and  having  total  control  over  the  quality  of  experience, 

which is key to customer retention. 

Our  direct-to-consumer  distribution  model  encompasses  scalable  marketing  channels,  including 
search, social media, television, out-of-home advertising and radio. The branding and digital proposition 
resonates with a mass market audience, allowing us to advertise efficiently across most prevailing media. 

We are disciplined and responsive in our approach to marketing, deploying spend across channels 
with a focus on rapid payback, on average within the first few years of acquiring a customer. 

Recurring Asset-Based Revenue 

PensionBee  offers  a  lifetime  customer  proposition,  designed  to  enable  individuals  to  fulfil  their 
retirement  savings  goals  and  withdrawal  needs.  Invested  Customers  generate  growing  lifetime 
value,  with  our  straightforward  charging  structure  driving  predictable,  recurring  revenue  growth 
that increases with Invested Customers’ wealth.

20

and the most relevant proxy measure tends to be the movement in the major global stock market 

indices, including in the United States and in the United Kingdom. Whilst short-term fluctuations 

may decrease the value of AUA, customers’ exposure to the stock market has historically increased 

their retirement savings, and therefore our AUA and Revenue, over the longer run. 

Scalability of Operations

PensionBee only offers its customers highly liquid, scalable investment management solutions from 

the world’s largest asset managers. The investment solutions track prominent global indices and 

provide unrestricted capacity for inflows and the highest levels of liquidity. 

We continually invest in our technology, product development and our people in an efficient and 

disciplined  manner.  PensionBee’s  operations  are  highly  scalable  and  we  expect  to  benefit  from 

operating leverage and increasing cost efficiency as we grow.

Our customer proposition is tech-enabled, allowing for easy onboarding of customers and intuitive 

self-service throughout a customer’s lifetime. We utilise technology to ensure that our service is as 

efficient and automated as possible, such that adding new customers and assets has only a marginal 

cost impact. Our technology is scalable and built on dynamic, world-class cloud-native platforms. 

We  pride  ourselves  on  our  excellent  customer  service,  complementing  our  digital  offering  with 

dedicated customer account managers who offer lifetime customer support. The customer success 

team benefits from a single view of the customer, enabling efficient and personalised service.  

16  See definitions on pages 30 and 31 of the Measuring Our Performance section of the Strategic Report.

PensionBee Group plc 
PensionBee’s Business Model

Proven Customer Acquisition

Customer solution

Revenue

Customer Fees: c.50-95bps(1)

AUA: £2.6bn(2)

Advertising &

Marketing Expenses

Money Managers Fee

BlackRock, HBSC, Legal & General, 
State Street Global Advisors

Technology &

Product Development

People

1 Customer fees paid based on the range of funds on offer as at 31 December 2021.
2 Assets under Administration as at 31 December 2021. 

21

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20217 Market Opportunity

We operate in the vast UK private pensions 
market, with a focus on the rapidly growing 
pension consolidation opportunity 

UK Private Pensions Market

Defined Contribution (‘DC’) Private Pensions Market

For  at  least  the  last  two  decades,  successive  UK  governments  have  focused  on  ensuring  that 
individuals in the UK are saving appropriately for retirement, with a series of major regulatory and 
policy initiatives having been introduced over this timeframe. There is now broad consensus across 
the political spectrum that the state pension alone will not provide sufficient retirement income and 
there is a growing awareness of a related issue, the ‘savings gap’, whereby individuals are not saving 
enough to provide for the retirement they expect. As a result, the UK government has promoted the 

growth of the private pension market. 

A private pension is typically a tax-efficient way to save money for later in life, providing an income 
for retirement. Whilst individuals in the UK may rely on a number of sources from which to draw 
income during retirement, private pension assets are the largest component of wealth in the UK, 
representing a greater proportion of wealth than other types of assets, including property. Private 
pensions account for approximately 42% of the £300,000 approximate median household wealth.17 

PensionBee’s  product  proposition  is  focused  on  Defined  Contribution  pensions.  Unlike  employer 
guaranteed (final salary) defined benefit pensions, defined contribution pensions build up a pension 
pot using personal and employer contributions (if applicable) plus investment returns and tax relief. 

The  Defined  Contribution  Private  Pensions  Market  came  to  the  fore  in  2012  with  the  advent  of 
automatic-enrolment,  a  regulatory  requirement  for  employers  to  enrol  eligible  employees  into 
workplace pensions. Automatic-enrolment has resulted in over 10m individuals actively contributing 
into a Defined Contribution workplace pension.17 In December 2020, the FCA estimated that there 
were a total of 26.7m pension savers within its regulatory perimeter.18 Overall, the UK’s DC wealth 
stood at approximately £1.0tr across the average of the 2018-2020 period. 

The  growth  in  the  UK  DC  pension  market,  both  in  terms  of  number  of  individual  savers  and  the 

aggregate wealth managed within schemes, is expected to continue owing to the broad shift from 

Defined Benefit to Defined Contribution pensions and the simultaneous increase in contributions 

The UK private pensions market is vast and the Office for National Statistics (‘ONS’) estimated the UK’s 
total private pension wealth to be approximately £6.5tr across the average of the 2018-2020 period.17 

supported by regulation. 

17 Office for National Statistics - Pension Wealth: Wealth in Great Britain, April 2018 to March 2020, January 2022.

18  Financial  Conduct  Authority  -  Evaluation  of  the  impact  of  the  Retail  Distribution  Review  and  the  Financial 
Advice Market Review, December 2020.

22

PensionBee Group plcPension Consolidation Market

The Pension Consolidation Market (£ bn)

Within  the  labour  market,  individuals  are  increasingly  moving  jobs  more  frequently.  The  average 
person now moves jobs 11 times19 in their career and therefore stands to be auto-enrolled in a large 
number of pension plans, requiring a consolidation solution. There are many potential advantages 

to  combining  multiple  pension  pots,  including  keeping  track  of  and  managing  pension  savings 

more easily, reducing charges and choosing desirable investments. 

1,400

1,200

PensionBee further segments the DC Private Pensions Market into active workplace pensions, which 

benefit  from  active  employer  contributions  and  therefore  are  rarely  transferred,  and  transferable 

1,000

pensions, including deferred workplace pensions and personal pensions (‘Transferable Pensions’ or 

the ‘Pension Consolidation Market’). 

 •

 •

Active  Workplace  Pensions  -  approximately  £302bn  of  wealth  held  in  pensions  into  which 
individuals or employers are regularly or actively contributing, usually during working life; and

Transferable Pensions (the Pension Consolidation Market) - approximately £722bn of wealth 
held  in  personal  and  deferred  workplace  pensions  that  are  no  longer  receiving  employer 

contributions. These pensions lend themselves more easily to pension consolidation activities.

PensionBee primarily targets the Pension Consolidation Market, which represents the majority of the 

Defined Contribution Pensions Market and has grown rapidly by approximately 65% from the average 
across 2014-2016 to the average across 2018-2020.17

PensionBee  estimates  that  there  are  approximately  35m  individuals  with  an  average  of  two  old 
pensions to consolidate20 and approximately 4.1m self-employed individuals taking responsibility 
for securing their retirement incomes, many of whom may have previously contributed to employer 

pensions,  whilst  others  may  be  seeking  to  benefit  from  an  easy  way  to  manage  their  pension 
savings.21 Our customer proposition caters for all of these individuals, providing both a consolidation 
solution and enabling customers to start a new self-employed pension.

800

600

400

200

0

19 Department for Work and Pensions - Meeting future workplace pension challenges: Improving transfers and 
dealing with small pension pots - December 2011. 
20 Calculated by dividing £722bn of Transferable Pensions across 2018-2020, by an average of 2 pension pots and 
a transferable pension pot value of £10,273, based on PensionBee data as at the end of 2021.
21 Office for National Statistics: Employees and self-employed by industry, February 2022.

1,024

722

302

808

572

236

633

437

196

2014-2016

2016-2018

2018-2020

Active workplace pensions

Transferable pensions (the pension consolidation market)

23

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20218 Operating and Financial Review22

22

Continued Growth across all Key Metrics in 2021 

Trading for the financial year 2021 has been strong and in line with expectations and guidance. 

We have continued to deliver significant growth across all our major Key Performance Indicators, building on the growth achieved in 2020. During 2021, the number of Invested Customers (‘IC’) increased by 
70% to 117k23 and Assets under Administration ('AUA') increased by 91% to £2.6bn.24 Revenue increased by 103% to £12.8m25 with growth in Annual Run Rate ('ARR') Revenue of 85% to £16.3m26. Over the last 
two years, we have grown our Invested Customer base by a multiple of 3.1x, our AUA by 3.5x, our Revenue by 3.6x and our ARR Revenue by 3.5x. 

Growth in Invested Customers
(000s)

Translates into Increasing AUA Base
(£m)

Which Drives Revenue
(£m)

117

2,587

13

3.1x

69

3.5x

1,358

3.6x

6

38

745

4

Dec-19

Dec-20

Dec-21

Dec-19

Dec-20

Dec-21

Dec-19

Dec-20

Dec-21

22 See pages 30 and 31 of the Measuring Our Performance section of the Strategic Report. 
23 As at 31 December 2021. Invested Customers (‘IC’) means those customers who have transferred pension assets or made contributions into one of PensionBee’s investment plans. Active Customers (‘AC’) means all customers who have 
requested to become an Invested Customer by accepting PensionBee’s terms of business but for whom the transfer or contribution process is not yet completed and all customers who are classified as Invested Customers. Registered 
Customers (‘RC’) measures customers who have started the sign-up process and have submitted at least a name and an email address and includes those customers who are classified as Active Customers. 
24 As at 31 December 2021. Assets under Administration (‘AUA’) is the total invested value of pension assets within PensionBee Invested Customers’ pensions. It measures the new inflows less the outflows and records a change in the 
market value of the assets. AUA is a measurement of the growth of the business and is the primary driver of Revenue.
25 As at 31 December 2021. Revenue means the income generated from the asset base of PensionBee’s customers, essentially annual management fees charged on the AUA, together with a minor revenue contribution from other services.
26 As at 31 December 2021. Annual Run Rate Revenue is calculated using the Recurring Revenue for the month of December multiplied by 12.

24

PensionBee Group plcMarketing Investment to further establish the PensionBee Brand as a Household Name resulted 

Over  the  course  of  the  year  we  were  pleased  to  see  the  results  of  these  initiatives  translate  into 

in Strong Customer Growth

As at Year End

Customer base by 70% to 117k by the end of 2021. This delivered an improvement in Same Year 

Dec-2021

Dec-2020

YoY

RC:IC Conversion from 17% in 2020 to 18% in 2021. 

greater  customer  reach.  Our  Registered  Customer  (‘RC’)  base  grew  by  63%  on  the  previous  year 

to 658k and our Active Customers (‘AC’) increased by 44% to 172k. Similarly, we grew our Invested 

Cost Disciplined Acquisition coupled with High Retention Rates delivered Strong Asset Growth

Advertising and Marketing Expenses

Advertising and Marketing Expenses (£m)

Cost per Invested Customer (£)

(12.9)

246

(8.2)

56%

232 within threshold

Customers

Registered Customers (thousands)23

Active Customers (thousands)23

Invested Customers (thousands)23

Same Year RC:IC Conversion (% of RC)

658

172

117

18%

403

119

69

17%

63%

44%

70%

+1ppt

Customer Retention Rate (% of IC)

AUA Retention Rate (% of AUA)

Opening AUA (£m)

     Net Flows from New Customers (£m)

     Net Flows from Existing Customers (£m)

In line with our growth strategy, we continued to make a substantial investment in customer acquisition 

Net Flows (£m)

using our diversified marketing approach and demonstrating our ability to efficiently deploy a rapidly 

growing  marketing  budget,  whilst  retaining  a  tight  focus  on  return  on  investment.  The  majority  of 

     Market Growth and Other (£m) 

the  £55m  primary  capital  raised  at  the  time  of  our  IPO  in  April  2021  was  earmarked  for  marketing 

expenditure and Advertising and Marketing Expenses increased from £8.2m in 2020 to £12.9m in 2021 

Closing AUA (£m)

2,587

1,358

accordingly, as we sought to capture market share and rapidly expand our customer base.

During 2021 and as planned, the majority of the marketing spend was deployed across three primary 

channels,  being  TV,  Out  of  Home  and  Paid  Search.  We  increased  our  TV  advertisements  and  ran 

extensive Out of Home advertising campaigns during opportune months. Our ‘Feels so Good’ brand 

campaign was rolled-out nationally across all channels, and we raised our profile by becoming the 

official pension partner sponsor of Brentford Football Club and through various other initiatives.

Our  new  proprietary  in-house  Data  Platform  delivered  valuable  insights  across  all  of  our  core 

channels, and helped to drive decision-making through successive COVID-19 waves. It allowed us 

to  optimise  across  channels  to  grow  both  rapidly  and  efficiently,  keeping  our  Cost  per  Invested 

Customer in line with our desired threshold of £200-250, demonstrating our ability to continue to 

scale our marketing and distribution channels in a cost disciplined way.

We  delivered  a  91%  year-on-year  increase  in  AUA  from  £1,358m  to  £2,587m  in  2021.  This  was 
driven by a combination of the cost-disciplined new customer acquisition, the high retention rate 
of existing customers who increased their savings with PensionBee, and market growth. Most of the 
asset growth (78% or £955m) was generated by Net Flows from New Customers and Net Flows from 
Existing Customers, with the balance (22% or £275m) being accounted for by market appreciation. 

Growth from new customers represented most of the asset growth of 2021 with Net Flows from New 
Customers of £729m (2020: £439m), reflecting our strategy of cost-disciplined new customer acquisition. 

We  delivered  net  flows  with  improved  efficiency.  Each  £1  of  marketing  expenditure  in  2021 
generated  approximately  £74  of  net  flows  as  compared  to  £64  in  2020,  indicating  an  efficiency 
improvement of close to 20%.

25

As at Year End

Dec-2021

Dec-2020

>95%

>95%

1,358

729 

226 

955

275

>95%

>95%

745

439

84

523

90

YoY

stable

stable 

82%

66%

169%

83%

n/m

91%

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Over  the  period  we  acquired  48,000  (2020:  31,000)  revenue-generating  Invested  Customers.  A 
higher proportion of these new Invested Customers were older customers with a corresponding 
higher average pension size. As such, we have seen an increase in the average pension pot size from 
£19,700 in 2020 to £22,000 in 2021.

Our  existing  customers  have  continued  to  see  their  savings  grow,  with  Net  Flows  from  Existing 
Customers  of  £226m  in  2021  (2020:  £84m).  Since  inception,  we  have  consistently  enjoyed  high 
Customer and AUA Retention Rates of >95% and this trend continued to remain stable in 2021. We 
saw existing customers consolidating additional pensions into their PensionBee online pension plan 
and customers contributing to their pensions while maintaining relatively low levels of withdrawals. 

AUA  growth  also  reflected  an  element  of  market  growth  of  £275m  in  2021  (2020:  £90m).  As  is 
customary in the pensions industry, our customers' pensions are invested predominantly in global 
equity  capital  markets,  which  experienced  strong  performance  during  the  year,  and  as  such  our 
asset base benefited from this market appreciation.

We Scaled our Business Efficiently by Investing in our People, Product Offering and Technology 

Money Manager Costs (£m)

(2.3)

(0.9)

As at Year End

Dec-2021

Dec-2020

YoY

145%

66%

116%

(7.4)

(6.6)

(4.5)

(3.0)

(14.0)

(7.5)

86%

     Employee Benefits Expense  

     (excluding Share-based Payment) (£m)

     Other Operating Expenses (£m)

Technology Platform Costs & Other 

Operating Expenses (£m)

Resilient Revenue Margin drove an overwhelming majority of Recurring Revenue

for  future  growth.  Our  proprietary  technology  is  modern,  scalable  and  secure.  The  cloud-based 

During  2021,  we  made  further  investments  in  our  technology  platform  to  position  PensionBee 

As at Year End

innovative products, while maintaining full control over the experience delivered to customers in a 

and  API-driven  platform  provides  the  foundations  on  which  to  continue  to  build  dynamic  and 

Dec-2021

Dec-2020

YoY

cost-efficient manner. 

Contractual Revenue Margin (% of AUA)

0.69%

0.69%

stable

Annual Run Rate Revenue (£m)

Revenue (£m)

16.3

12.8

8.8

6.3

85%

Considerable  resources  were  directed  towards  the  Data  Platform  (in  particular,  the  development 

of its machine learning capabilities and importing of new data sources into the platform), which 

has been instrumental in helping us calibrate decision-making around marketing budget allocation 

and  in  achieving  our  marketing  objectives.  We  recruited  a  dedicated  Data  Team,  who  sit  within 

the  technology  department,  to  build  capability  and  support  the  automation  of  data  activities  in 

103%

other business areas. We dedicated resources towards making ongoing efficiency improvements in 

consolidation  activity  to  drive  productivity,  and  optimising  our  transfer  processes,  including  more 

straight-through automation of light-touch pension transfers. 

We have translated strong year-on-year AUA growth of 91% over 2021 into 85% growth in Annual 
Run Rate Revenue from £8.8m to £16.3m, underpinned by the stable Contractual Revenue Margin. 
The Contractual Revenue Margin is the headline annual management fee paid by customers before 
applying  discounts  for  incremental  pension  savings  above  £100,000.  The  Contractual  Revenue 
Margin remained resilient at 0.69% (2020: 0.69%). 

As  the  vast  majority  of  our  Revenue  is  derived  from  annual  management  fees  charged  as  a 
percentage of AUA, the high retention of customers and AUA makes the overwhelming majority 
of our Revenue recurring in nature. Therefore, the Annual Run Rate Revenue for December 2021 
enables better measurement of our progress and provides greater visibility and predictability with 

respect to future years’ Revenue. 

Continued product innovation is central to our strategy. The PensionBee customer proposition has 

been enabled by investment in continuous innovation and automation, allowing easy onboarding 

of customers and intuitive lifetime self-service. During 2021, continuous product innovations helped 

to increase our customer base and enable customers to contribute more into their pensions. Our 

product developments reduced friction and enabled us to serve our customers with less and less 

human  intervention,  supporting  efficiency  improvements  and  operating  leverage  over  time.  For 

instance, we launched the ‘Easy Bank Transfer’ feature, enhanced our in-app drawdown features, 

added additional features to allow the use of personalised tax codes for customers in drawdown, 

opened up our offering to the self-employed and launched a new ‘Transfer Tracker’, to name a few.

26

PensionBee Group plcAs  a  result  of  the  technology  platform  investments,  the  Employee  Benefits  Expense  increased  to 
£7.4m, driven by developments to improve automation and an expansion of engineer headcount. 
Headcount increased from approximately 110 average full-time employees in 2020 to approximately 
155 in 2021. 

Other Operating Expenses increased to £6.6m reflecting increased headcount, acquisition volume 
and other fixed costs. The benefit from the investment in automation will position us well on our 
path to profitability by the end of 2023. 

The second profitability metric that we measure is Adjusted EBITDA, which captures Advertising and 
Marketing Expenses but excludes Share-based Payment and Listing Costs. Adjusted EBITDA Margin 
improved from (166)% in 2020 to (129)% in 2021. 

Other Costs 

As at Year End

Dec-2021

Dec-2020

(3.9)

(2.9)

(1.4)

(2.2)

(0.6)

(0.0)

YoY

81%

363%

n/m

85%

n/m

Money Manager Costs increased to £2.3m in 2021 at a slightly higher rate than Revenue, which was 

Share-based Payment (£m)

due to an increase in the number of customers selecting funds with incrementally higher money 

manager fees.

Profitability Metrics 

Listing Costs (£m)

Finance Costs (£m)

Adjusted EBITDA before Marketing (£m) 

(3.6)

(2.2)

As at Year End

Dec-2021

Dec-2020

YoY

-62%

Loss before Tax (£m)

(25.0)

(13.5)

Taxation (£m)

0.3

0.2

     Adjusted EBITDA Margin before Marketing    

     (% of Revenue)

Adjusted EBITDA (£m)

(28)%

(35)%

+7ppt

(16.4)

(10.4)

-58%

     Adjusted EBITDA Margin (% of Revenue)

(129)%

(166)%

+37ppt

Loss before Tax (£m)

(25.0)

(13.5)

85%

Over  the  course  of  2021,  we  made  further  progress  towards  profitability  as  operating  leverage 
increased, in large part due to the scalability of the technology platform. 

One  of  the  key  profitability  metrics  that  we  measure  is  Adjusted  EBITDA  before  Marketing.  This 
measure includes Money Manager Costs, Technology Platform Costs and Other Operating Expenses 
but excludes Advertising and Marketing Expenses (which generate long-term returns through long-
standing customer relationships), Share-based Payment and Transactions Costs. 

A  change  in  Adjusted  EBITDA  before  Marketing  is  therefore  an  indicator  of  short-term  operating 
leverage.  Adjusted  EBITDA  Margin  before  Marketing  improved  from  (35)%  in  2020  to  (28)%  for 
2021, underscoring the scalability of the technology platform and the effectiveness of new feature 
releases that improved the efficiency of customer operations. 

Basic Earnings per Share

(11.86)p

(7.67)p

-55%

Loss before Tax increased to £(25.0)m for 2021, in line with our strategy of investing in growth. The 

increase can be explained by increased Adjusted EBITDA loss as outlined above, together with an 

increase in the non-cash Share-based Payment, non-recurring Listing Costs and Finance Costs. 

The  increase  in  Share-based  Payment  costs  is  partly  explained  by  the  impact  of  the  accelerated 
vesting and granting of options at the end of 2020. Another contributor to the cost increase was the 
introduction  of  the  new  PensionBee  post-IPO  remuneration  structure  which  included  a  Deferred 
Share Bonus Plan, for which an accrual was recorded.

Listing Costs primarily consist of fees and expenses incurred in relation to the preparation for our IPO 
(for which preparation commenced at the end of 2020). 

Finance Costs are fees associated with the now cancelled £10m Revolving Credit Facility ('RCF') that 
we entered into with National Westminster Bank Plc on 22 March 2021, as part of a prudent liquidity 
management strategy. The RCF was never drawn, but a cancellation fee was incurred.

Taxation includes enhanced tax credits in relation to routine Research and Development refunds. 
No deferred tax asset has been recognised for the carried forward losses. 

27

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Basic Earnings per Share (‘EPS’) was (11.86)p for 2021 (2020: (6,138.63)p). These two EPS figures are 
not directly comparable due to a change in share capital as part of the reorganisation ahead of the 
IPO, together with the issuance of new shares as part of the IPO itself in April 2021. Adjusting the 
2020 EPS for the impact of the IPO gives a comparable EPS of (7.67)p as set out in Note 11 of the 
Financial Statements.

Summary Financial Highlights* 

As at Year End

Dec-2021

Dec-2020                       YoY

Annual Run Rate Revenue (£m)**

      16.3

         8.8

       85%

Financial Position

The  Group’s  balance  sheet  remains  strong.  The  cash  and  cash  equivalents  balance  was  £44m 
(December  2020:  £6.7m).  During  the  year,  the  Group  entered  into  a  new  office  lease  agreement 
which resulted in the increase in the right of use and lease liability balances. Trade receivables and 
payables growth is attributed to revenue and marketing and technology platform costs respectively. 
The Group has no significant borrowings except for the lease liability that arose from the office lease 
agreement entered into during the year. 

On  24  March  2021,  PensionBee  Group  plc  acquired  all  the  issued  shares  of  PensionBee  Limited 
through a share for share transaction. Every issued share in PensionBee Limited was exchanged for 
800 shares in PensionBee Group plc. Every share option was cancelled and replaced by 800 share 
options.  Through  the  Group  reorganisation,  PensionBee  Group  plc  issued  180,054,400  ordinary 
shares of £0.001 each and reduced its share premium to create additional distributable reserves. On 
26 April 2021, PensionBee Group plc issued 33,333,333 ordinary shares of £0.001 each as part of its  
Initial Public Offering (‘IPO’). Each share was issued at £1.65. At the same time, PensionBee Group 
plc issued further ordinary shares from share options exercised totaling 8,138,194 ordinary shares 
of £0.001 each. The exercise price for each exercised share option was £0.001. The change in equity 
and reserves is attributed to the Group reorganisation and exercise of share options during the year. 
As of December 2021 the total net asset balance was £43.8m (2020: £6.5m). 

Revenue (£m)

                    12.8                       6.3                     103%

     Money Manager Costs27, Technology Platform   
     Costs & Other Operating Expenses (£m)28

           (16.3)                     (8.5)

93%

Adjusted EBITDA before Marketing (£m)** 

(3.6)

(2.2)

-62%

     Adjusted EBITDA Margin before Marketing 

     (% of Revenue)**

     Advertising and Marketing Expenses (£m)

Adjusted EBITDA (£m)**

(28)%

(35)%

+7ppt 

(12.9)

(16.4)

(8.2)

(10.4)

56%

-58%

     Adjusted EBITDA Margin (% of Revenue)**

(129)%

(166)%

+37ppt

Net cash and cash equivalents increased by £36.8m in the 2021 financial year driven by the IPO in 

Basic Earnings per Share

(11.86)p

(7.67)p

April 2021 (2020: net decrease £(3.5m)).

Regulatory Capital and Financial Resources

* See definitions on pages 30 and 31 of the Measuring our Performance section of the Strategic Report.

Loss before Tax

(25.0)

(13.5)

85%

-55% 

PensionBee  Limited,  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  is  authorised  and  regulated  by  the  FCA  and 
therefore adheres to capital requirements set by the FCA. As of December 2021, the capital resources 
stood at £31.7m (unaudited) as compared to a capital resource requirement of £0.9m (unaudited), 
resulting in a coverage of 33.7x. We manage our financial resources prudently and have maintained 
a healthy surplus over our regulatory capital requirement throughout the year.

** PensionBee’s KPIs include alternative performance measures (‘APMs’), which are indicated with a double asterisk. 
APMs  are  not  defined  by  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (‘IFRS’)  and  should  be  considered  together 
with  the  Group’s  IFRS  measurements  of  performance.  PensionBee  believes  APMs  assist  in  providing  additional 
insight  into  the  underlying  performance  of  PensionBee  and  aid  comparability  of  information  between  reporting 
periods. A reconciliation to the nearest IFRS number is provided in Note 25 of the Financial Statements, ‘Alternative 
Performance Measures’ on page 132.

28

27 Money Manager Costs are variable costs paid to PensionBee’s money managers.
28 Technology Platform Costs & Other Operating Expenses comprises Employee Benefits Expense (excluding 
Share-based Payments) and  technology and operations costs, together with and Other Operating Expenses.

PensionBee Group plc 
 
 
 
All my pensions, 
now together in one 
pot. Utter simplicity!

Andrew
PensionBee customer since 2019

29

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20219 Measuring our Performance
 When looking at the overall performance of PensionBee, we use a range of key performance indicators (‘KPI’s) to monitor and assess our progress against our strategy.

Financial Performance Measures

Revenue

Annual Run Rate (‘ARR’) Revenue

Loss before Tax (‘PBT’)

Adjusted EBITDA*

Adjusted EBITDA Margin*

2021: £12.8m
2020: £6.3m

2021: £16.3m
2020: £8.8m

2021: £(25.0)m
2020: £(13.5)m

2021: £(16.4)m 
2020: £(10.4)m

2021: (129)% 
2020: (166)%

Revenue means the income generated from the asset base of PensionBee’s customers, essentially 

103%

annual management fees charged on the AUA, together with a minor revenue contribution from 

other services.

85%

85%

-58%

Annual  Run  Rate  Revenue  is  calculated  using  the  Recurring  Revenue  for  the  relevant  month 

(December) multiplied by 12. This alternative performance measure has been selected to provide 

a more up-to-date metric for revenue given the amount of AUA in the relevant month. 

Loss before tax is a measure that looks at PensionBee’s losses before it has paid corporate income tax.

Adjusted EBITDA is the operating profit or loss for the year before taxation, finance costs, depreciation, 

share based compensation and listing costs.

+37ppt29

Adjusted EBITDA Margin means Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue for the relevant year.

Basic Earnings per Share (‘EPS’)

2021: (11.86)p
2020: (7.67)p

-55%

Basic Earnings per Share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of 

the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period.

* PensionBee’s Key Performance Indicators include alternative performance measures (‘APM’s), which are indicated with an asterisk. APMs are not defined by International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) and should be considered 
together with the Group’s IFRS measurements of performance. PensionBee believes APMs assist in providing additional insight into the underlying performance of PensionBee and aid comparability of information between reporting 
periods. A reconciliation to the nearest IFRS number is provided in Note 25 of the Financial Statements 'Alternative Performance Measures' on page 132. 

29 A ppt is a percentage point. A percentage point is the unit for the arithmetic difference of two percentages.

30

PensionBee Group plcNon-Financial Performance Measures

Assets under Administration (‘AUA’) 

2021: £2.6bn  
2020: £1.4bn

91%

AUA Retention Rate (% of AUA)

2021: >95% 
2020: >95%

Stable

Registered Customers (‘RC’)

2021: 658k   
2020:  403k

63%

Active Customers (‘AC’)

Invested Customers (‘IC’)

2021: 172k 
2020: 119k

2021: 117k 
2020: 69k

44%

70%

Customer Retention Rate (% of IC)

2021: >95% 
2020: >95%

Stable

Cost per IC (‘CPIC’)

2021: £246
2020: £232

Within threshold 

Same Year RC:IC Conversion

2021: 18%
2020: 17%

+1ppt30

Assets  under  Administration  is  the  total  invested  value  of  pension  assets  within  PensionBee's  

Invested Customers’ pensions. It measures the new inflows less the outflows and records a change 

in the market value of the assets. This KPI has been selected because AUA is a measurement of the 

growth of the business and is the primary driver of Revenue.

AUA Retention measures the percentage of retained PensionBee AUA from Transfer Outs over the 

average of the year. High AUA retention provides more certainty of future Revenue. This measure 

can also be used to monitor customer satisfaction.

Registered  Customers  measures  customers  who  have  started  the  sign-up  process  and  have 

submitted at least a name and an email address and includes those customers who are classified as 

Active Customers. 

Active Customers means all customers who have requested to become an Invested Customer by 

accepting PensionBee’s terms of business but for whom the transfer or contribution process is not 

yet completed and all customers who are classified as Invested Customers.

Invested  Customers  means  those  customers  who  have  transferred  pension  assets  or  made 

contributions into one of PensionBee’s investment plans.

Customer  Retention  Rate  measures  the  percentage  of  retained  PensionBee  Invested  Customers 

over the average of the year. High customer retention provides more certainty of future Revenue. 

This measure can also be used to monitor customer satisfaction. 

Cost per Invested Customer means the cumulative advertising and marketing costs incurred since 

PensionBee commenced operations up until the relevant point in time divided by the cumulative 

number  of  Invested  Customers  at  that  point  in  time.  This  measure  monitors  cost  discipline  of 

customer acquisition. PensionBee's desired CPIC threshold is £200-£250. 

Same Year RC:IC Conversion percentage is calculated by dividing the number of Invested Customers 

as at the end of the period by the number of Registered Customers as at the end of the period. This 

measure monitors PensionBee’s ability to convert customers through the acquisition funnel. 

Contractual Revenue Margin
(% of AUA)

2021: 0.69%
2020: 0.69%

Stable

Contractual Revenue Margin means the weighted average contractual fee rate across PensionBee’s 

investment plans (before applying any size discount) calculated by reference to the amount of AUA 

held in each plan across the period. 

30 A ppt is a percentage point. A percentage point is the unit for the arithmetic difference of two percentages.

31

Annual Report and Financial Statements 202110 Stakeholders

We are dedicated to listening to our 
stakeholders’ views to understand their 
interests and concerns and proactively 
engage with what matters to them 

By seeking to understand our stakeholders' interests and concerns, we can pay due regard to them 

during discussions and consider the possible effect our decisions could have on relevant stakeholder 

groups. 

Engagement takes place with all our stakeholder groups throughout the Company across all levels. 

Such engagement is reported to the Board to inform decision-making and discussions. The Board 

also participates in direct engagement with certain stakeholder groups. 

A summary of the ways in which the Company engaged with stakeholders having regard to what is 

most likely to promote the long-term sustainable success of the Company follows.

32

PensionBee Group plc 
Stakeholder Engagement

How we Engaged

Interests and Concerns

Our Responses

1 Our Customers

Continuous high levels of customer engagement:
 • 42k calls, 32k live chats, 109k emails cases addressed within 

Financial freedom:
 • A range of simple, good value for money plans to meet their 

24 hours

needs

Extensive collection of customer feedback:
 • 165k emails, live chats and phone calls
 • c.85%  of  customers  invited  to  surveys  on  their  investment 

views

 • >100 in-depth customer interviews conducted 
 • 500+ customers in the UX community tested new features
 • Customers  invited  to  share  feedback  with  the  dedicated 

customer engagement team via monthly newsletters

Customer ratings:
 • 2,821  public  Trustpilot  reviews  during  the  year  (with  94% 
rated 5★ Excellent or 4★ Great) ending the year with 4.6★ 

out of 5 based on 6,288 reviews

 • NPS score of 63 (against a financial services industry average 

of 56)31

 • Clear and transparent charging
 • Tools to help ensure they are saving enough 
 • Knowing their savings are secure
 • Being able to easily contact our customer success team 

Good health:
 • Peace of mind about their financial future
 • Knowing their pension does not cause harm to society or 

planet

 • Having the option to remove fossil fuels from their pension 
 • Retiring into a safe and fair world

Social inclusion:
 • A pension designed for everyone in society 
 • Investing in companies that pay a Living Wage  
 • Investing in companies that prioritise diversity and inclusion 

by publishing their gender and ethnicity pay gaps

Leadership in product innovations:
 • Launch of new self-employed pension
 • Launch  of  ‘easy  bank  transfer’  feature,  through  Open 

Banking technology

 • Enhanced in-app drawdown features
 • Enabled  use  of  personalised  tax  codes  for  customers  in 

drawdown 

 • Roll-out of 2 factor authentication on mobile and web app 

Investment solutions designed for customers:
 • Simplification of the plan range from nine to seven plans
 • Engaged with asset managers on key topics of interest to 
our  customers  -  Living  Wages,  gender  and  ethnicity  pay 

gaps

 • ESG integration across our core plans 
 • Conducted our annual Value for Money exercise to ensure 
customers continue to have access to good value plans on 

the market

Customer service improvements:
 • Seasonal Saturday opening
 • ‘Book your own BeeKeeper’ offered to customers 

Driving better outcomes for our customers:  
 • Public campaigns to push for better consumer outcomes 
and  policy  interventions  on  tax  relief,  gender  inequalities 

in  pension  saving,  pension  switching  times  and  diversity 

on boards

 • 18 customer case study interviews published in national media 
 • Customer  offer  included  as  part  of  our  IPO,  to  welcome 

customers as shareholders

33

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021How we Engaged

Interests and Concerns

Our Responses

2 Our Employees

Regular ways to engage in person/virtually:  
 • Weekly Company ‘Show N Tell’ sessions 
with CEO and Executive Management

Culture and mission:
 • Feeling aligned with PensionBee’s 

mission and values

 • Bi-monthly ‘Happiness’ meetings for 
all employees to discuss wellbeing 

 • Senior Independent Director with specific 
responsibility for employee engagement 

via Town Hall and Board-led events

 • 27 ‘PensionBee Speaks’ events, 

led by employees

 • Annual ‘Time to Talk’ event, 

led by employees 

Regular surveys/feedback:  
 • Annual Diversity, Inclusion 
and Engagement survey

 • Annual manager feedback survey
 • Anonymous reporting tool for 

concerns and feedback

Further support:  
 • Diversity champions
 • Mental Health first aiders

 • Feeling a sense of belonging 
and knowing everyone can 

succeed as themselves

Diversity and inclusion: 
 • Diversity & inclusion celebrations 

and social events

 • Executive Management leadership on 
diversity & inclusion at PensionBee

 • Public commitments to diversity, 

inclusion and equality

 • Supporting neurodiverse 

employees, employees with 

disabilities and their managers

Remuneration: 
 • Pay structure and pay gap 
reporting and analysis

 • Blind internal hiring and 

promotion policy

34

Culture and mission: 
 • Board-led events on gender and work benefits 
 • Appointed a Head of Culture, Inclusion and Wellbeing to lead a new 

program focused on enhancement of values-based culture 

 • Executive Management team-led events covering themes such as discrimination, 

LGBT+ rights, diversity in technology and responsibility in design 
 • Colleague-led events on monthly themes of body positivity, gender, 

neurodiversity, activism and celebrating Black History Month and Pride 

 • Employee turnover for 2021 was 10%

Remuneration:
 • New remuneration policy designed to award all employees 

equity incentives, consistent with historic approach 

 • New performance matrix for each role, aligned to Company’s values and associated culture 
 • Engagement with diversity and inclusion initiatives specifically captured 

within the Executive Management performance matrix

Focus on diversity and inclusion:
 • Diversity initiatives added as a Company-wide skill on the 
performance matrix to further encourage participation

 • Internal hiring process anonymous and task-based
 • ‘Equality and Diversity in the Workplace’ training completed by all employees 
 • 27 ‘PensionBee Speaks’ events held, with guest speakers from the National Autistic 

Society, Deafblind UK, AS Mentoring (Autism awareness training) and covering topics 

such as designing products with accessibility, disability and neurodiversity in mind 

 • Working towards becoming a ‘Disability Confident’ employer
 • Maintained approximately 50:50 gender parity, consistent with 

our commitment to the Women in Finance Charter

 • Publicly committed to targets under the Race at Work Charter 
 • Diversity, Inclusion and Equality Policy with public targets for 2022 published
 • Disclosing company and investor signatory of the Workforce Disclosure 

Initiative for 2021 (scoring 90% against a sector average of 69%)

COVID-19:
 • Offered fully remote working to all employees from March 2020
 • All employee engagement opportunities and events are offered 

online to ensure everyone can participate or attend 

PensionBee Group plcHow we Engaged

Interests and Concerns

Our Responses

3 Our Shareholders

 • Regular virtual engagements including one-
to-one shareholder meetings, roadshows 

and shareholder conferences

 • Regular communication of financial and operational 
results, including quarterly trading statements and 

presentations to shareholders and analysts

 • Rapid responses provided to incoming shareholder queries
 • All of our employees are, or will become, 

shareholders in PensionBee

 • We welcomed many of our customers as 
shareholders at the time of our IPO  

Corporate governance:

Corporate governance:

 • Adhering to the highest standards 

of corporate governance

 • Compliance with public company 

reporting and procedures

Business and performance: 

 • Resilience in a competitive market 
 • Business integrity
 • Highest standards of data and information security
 • Business aligned with incoming 
regulation and market changes

 • Performance against targets
 • An experienced and committed Board 
and Executive Management team

 • Low attrition rates
 • Liquidity in the shares

 • Became a publicly listed company on the 
High Growth Segment of the Main Market 

of the London Stock Exchange

 • Expected subsequent transition to the Premium 

Segment, achieving the highest standard 

of corporate governance in the UK

 • Structured a customer offer as part of the IPO to 
enable customers to become shareholders

 • Voluntary compliance with the UK Corporate 

Governance Code from IPO

 • Voluntary disclosures made in accordance 
with the UK Corporate Governance Code

Leadership: 

 • Further developed the Executive Management 
Team, with new additions including Chief 

Design Officer and Senior Legal Counsel

Shareholder Relations:

 • Shareholders relations managed 
internally by CEO, CFO and CCO

 • Appointed two corporate brokers to support 

engagement with shareholders

 • Appointed external PR agency to support 

engagement with press, the analyst community 

and the shareholder community

35

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20214 Our Communities

Interests and Concerns

Our Responses

Creating a fair and just society: 

Creating a fair and just society:

 • Equal pay for equal work
 • Transparent, shared parental leave policies
 • Closing the gender pensions gap
 • Closing the ethnicity pay gap 
 • All companies paying wages that represent 

the true cost of living in the UK

Businesses that strengthen the societies 

in which they operate: 

 • Widening participation of under-represented groups 

in pensions and the financial services industry

 • Supporting local communities, partnership building
 • Businesses that work to make society fairer

 • Published Gender Pensions Gap report in national media
 • Published our own Gender Pay Gap
 • A member of the ABI’s Transparent 
Parental Leave and Pay Initiative

 • Accredited Living Wage Employer, paying all employees a 
London Living Wage regardless of where they live in the UK

Businesses that strengthen the societies 

in which they operate: 

 • Diversity, Inclusion and Equality Policy 

with public targets published

 • Joined the steering group of the Diversity Project
 • Signed the Tech Talent Charter to drive greater 
inclusion and diversity in the UK tech sector

 • Held interactive careers workshops with partner school 
based on needs and requirements of the students

 • Joined the Social Mobility Pledge
 • Donated IT equipment to our partner school
 • Better reflected our diverse customer 
base in our marketing campaigns

 • Employees volunteered in schools across London with the 
Careers and Enterprise Company’s Give an Hour campaign

 • Supported numerous public campaigns led by the 
Good Work Coalition to get FTSE100 companies 

and supermarkets to start paying a Living Wage

How we Engaged

Surveys: 

 • Conducted 20 external surveys reaching >6,000 people 

regarding their views on climate change, saving habits, the 

impacts of the pandemic and pension transfer experiences

Focus groups and interviews: 

 • Conducted external focus groups with customers 
and non-customers on ‘Help us reimagine the 

retirement savings system for women’

 • Held interactive student workshops and careers 

presentations with Q&A with our partner school in Poplar

Strategic partnerships: 

 • Active participant, signatory and disclosing company 

under the Workforce Disclosure Initiative

 • Member of ShareAction’s Good Work 
Coalition, joining public campaigns

36

PensionBee Group plcHow we Engaged

Interests and Concerns

Our Responses

5 Our Suppliers

Supplier onboarding process: 
 • Assessed, reviewed and selected suppliers that 
have adequate controls in place, particularly 

Supplier onboarding process: 
 • Extensive due diligence and suitability 

assessment subsequent to a detailed solution 

certifications of independent auditing 

comparison for our requirements

 • Chose suppliers that ensure our customer data is not at risk 
of being exposed or misused with voluntary completion 

of Data Protection Impact Assessments in some instances

Maintaining and actively monitoring the relationship: 
 • Managed relationships with suppliers, to ensure 

appropriate service provision and be front of line for 

feature enhancements or other improvements

 • Monitored reporting on SLAs, transactions volume, 

interaction with PensionBee customers 

 • Engaged with Stewardship teams of our asset managers

Supply chain mapping: 
 • Engaged with our biggest suppliers 

on their workforce issues

 • Gathered workforce data on our biggest suppliers

 • Fair expectation in the delivery of projects

Ongoing relationship: 
 • Insight into customer trends and survey results
 • Product and service innovation
 • Value creation and expertise 
 • Collaborative working opportunities
 • Effective governance and operations
 • Prompt payment 

Oversight of supply chain activities: 
 • London Living Wages
 • Safe and healthy working conditions

Supplier onboarding process: 
 • PensionBee Supplier Management Policy 
 • PensionBee Responsible Supplier 
Policy and Code of Conduct

 • PensionBee Information Security Policy

Sharing best practice on workforce 

transparency and disclosures: 
 • Disclosing company and investor signatory of 
the Workforce Disclosure Initiative for 2021

 • Asked our suppliers to also disclose under 

the Workforce Disclosure Initiative

 • Asked that those working in the supply chains 
of our top 20 suppliers (84% of our supply 

chain) are also paid a Living Wage

 • Checked with suppliers that workers in their 
own supply chain are protected by effective 

discrimination and harassment policies in the 

legal jurisdiction in which they operate

Multiple engagements with Stewardship teams of our asset 

managers to share our customers’ views on voting around 

Living Wage, pay gaps and other areas of importance

37

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021How we Engaged

Interests and Concerns

Our Responses

6 Government and Regulators

Direct engagement: 
 • Regular engagement with Government Ministers, other 

government officials and regulators at meetings and events

The Financial Conduct Authority is guided 

by three key objectives to:
 • Promote effective competition in the interests of 

 • Regularly invited to join Government working groups
 • Wrote directly to MPs, Government departments and policy 
makers on matters of crucial importance to our customers

consumers in the markets for regulated financial services
 • Secure an appropriate degree of protection for consumers
 • Protect and enhance the integrity 

of the UK financial system

Government and regulatory consultations: 
 • Contributed to government consultations regarding the 
development of regulation and policies which impact 

upon PensionBee, its customers and all pension savers

 • Regulatory matters were regularly considered by the Board

Public commentary: 
 • Frequently commentated on issues of national 

importance to our customers and all pension savers, 

including Normal Minimum PensionAge, charges, 

switching, fee transparency and open pensions

Cross-industry working: 
 • Member of industry bodies for pensions and fintech  

The Minister for Pensions and Financial Inclusion 

and the Department for Work and Pensions  ('DWP') 

seeks to deliver a reliable, high-quality pensions 

system in which customers have confidence

DWP’s delivery body Money and Pensions Service, 

MaPS, offers impartial, free money and guidance and 

leads on the Pensions Dashboards workstream

Direct engagement:
 • Steering Group member of Government’s 
Pensions Dashboard working group

 • Member of the Pension Minister’s 
Statement Season working group

 • Member of DWP’s Costs and Charges Disclosure Initiative
 • Member of the Pension Scams Industry Forum
 • Regular engagement via roundtables with DWP 
on Simpler Annual Benefits Statements, Charge 

Cap, Transfer Regulations and Drawdown Tool

Government consultations: 
 • Responded to 10 consultations, including FCA’s Diversity 
and Inclusion in the financial sector, DWP’s Social Risks 

and HM Treasury’s Normal Minimum Pension Age

Public commentary: 
 • Speaker at Treasury Connect Conference
 • Regularly invited to comment on changes to the UK 

listing regime and launch of the Kalifa Review

Cross-industry working: 
 • Member of the ABI
 • Member of Innovate Finance
 • Key contributor to COADECs Open Pensions agenda

38

PensionBee Group plcHow we Engaged

Investment offering:  

 • Offering a core range of fully ESG screened plans
 • Working with managers to expand and 

increase screening on all plans

 • Offering the UK’s first mainstream fossil fuel free pension
 • Asserting customer views for voting on 
climate issues with money managers

Minimising our environmental impact: 

 • Fully remote working offered to everyone at PensionBee
 • Recycling or donating used IT 
equipment and office furniture

 • Paperless pension provider  

Strategic partnerships: 

 • Founder pledge partner of the ‘Make 

My Money Matter’ campaign 

 • Supported ShareAction coordinated shareholder-

led resolutions to stop fossil fuel lending 

7 Our Planet

Interests and Concerns

Our Responses

Investments: 
 • Pensions that build a safe, healthy planet for everyone 
 • A just and fair transition to a low carbon economy
 • Greenwashing
 • Minimising the environmental impact of 

the biggest corporate polluters

A safe, clean world to retire in:   
 • Fair access to the world’s resources
 • Vaccine equity
 • Tacking climate poverty to protect 
the most vulnerable societies 

 • Removing plastics from our ecosystem
 • Halting deforestation 

Investment offering:
 • Implemented screening policy and integration 

of ESG into investment range

 • Closed plans that could not be ESG screened
 • Published our ESG Policy 
 • Completed SASB reporting 2021
 • Hired a dedicated ESG Manager

Minimising our environmental impact: 
 • Completed Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Reporting (SECR) 2021

 • New office that uses 100% renewable 
REGO sustainable green electricity

 • Continued to be one of the UK’s only 
fully paperless pension providers

 • Cloud-hosted web services remove the need for servers 
 • Fully remote working offered to all 

employees to reduce travel

 • Bicycle storage and showers available for 

those who wish to cycle to work

 • Old IT equipment donated to our partner school
 • Old office equipment recycled

Strategic partnerships: 
 • Campaigned publicly for industry to 
reduce widespread use of paper

 • Publicly supported multiple shareholder resolutions led by 
ShareAction to stop fossil fuel financing by major banks

39

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Section 172 Statement

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 (‘s172’) requires Directors to act in the way they consider, 

in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its 

shareholders as a whole and, in doing so, have regard to matters including the items set out in the 

table that follows. 

The Board seeks to understand and carefully consider our key stakeholders' interests, concerns and 

The likely consequences of any 

perspectives. The Board recognises that each decision will have a different impact and relevance to 

decisions in the long term

each stakeholder, so a sound understanding of their priorities is key. The Board exercises independent 

judgement when balancing any competing interests in order to determine what it considers to be 

the most likely outcome to promote the long-term sustainable success of the Company. 

Section 172 Requirement

Further Information

About Us, pages 9-15

Our Strategy, pages 16-18

Our Business Model, pages 20-21

Operating and Financial Review, pages 24-28

Measuring our Performance, pages 30-31

Stakeholders, pages 32-40

Managing our Risks, pages 52-55 

Whilst the Board engages directly with some groups of stakeholders, engagement takes place at all 

About Us, pages 9-15

levels of the Company, across the business. Feedback from engagement below and at Board level 

The interests of the Company’s employees

Stakeholders, pages 32-40 

is reported back to the Board and the Board Committees to help inform Board decision-making. 

ESG Considerations, 42-51

Further detail on how the Board operates, including certain of the matters it discussed during the 

year, having regard to its s172 duties, are contained on pages 63 to 68 of the Corporate Governance 

Statement within the Corporate Governance Report. 

Further details and specific examples of how the Board and Company engage with our stakeholders, 

and their interests and needs, can be found above on pages 32 to 39 of this Stakeholders section. 

The need to foster the Company’s 

business relationships with 

suppliers, customers and others

About Us, pages 9-15

Our Strategy, pages 16-18

Stakeholders, pages 32-40

ESG Considerations, pages 42-51

The impact of the Company’s operations 

Our Strategy, pages 16-18

on the community and environment

Stakeholders, pages 32-40

About Us, pages 9-15

ESG Considerations, pages 42-51

The desirability of the Company 

Managing our Risks, pages 52-55

maintaining a reputation for high 

Corporate Governance Statement, pages 63-68

standards of business conduct

Audit and Risk Committee Report, pages 74-79

The need to act fairly as between 

shareholders and the Company

Stakeholders, pages 32-40

ESG Considerations, pages 42-51

Corporate Governance Statement, pages 63-68

40

PensionBee Group plc41

Annual Report and Financial Statements 202111 ESG Considerations 

Introduction

PensionBee’s  mission  is  to  make  pensions  simple,  so  that  everyone  can  look  forward  to  a  happy 

retirement. We work to make this vision a reality for our customers, in the form of financial freedom, 

good health and social inclusion.

At PensionBee we are guided by five core values, which ensure that we always do the right thing by 

all our stakeholders. These values are Love, Honesty, Quality, Simplicity and Innovation. 

We believe that effectively managing our Environmental, Social, and Governance (‘ESG’) priorities 

will help preserve our resilience and drive long-term value for all our stakeholders. We pursue our 

ESG  work  transparently,  disclosing  our  targets  and  relevant  metrics.  We  believe  this  approach 

supports accountability and helps our stakeholders to be informed about our progress. 

During  2021,  we  integrated  ESG  into  our  investment  range,  closing  two  plans  that  could  not  be 

screened under our ESG policy. We continued to minimise our impact on the environment through 

our remote working policy and as a paperless provider, encouraged other pension companies to 

stop sending out millions of paper statements each year. We also hired a dedicated ESG manager, 

who will lead on our reporting and assist with our stakeholder engagement work. 

This year we disclosed under the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’) framework, the 

Workforce Disclosure Initiative (‘WDI’) and the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) 

framework for the first time. As part of our commitment to increasing our transparency in all the 

strands of ESG, we will disclose under additional frameworks as data becomes available and in the 

area of climate-related disclosures as it relates to future incoming regulation.

42

PensionBee Group plc  
 
 
  
1 Environmental (Our Planet) 

As an online pension provider with a total workforce of 177 individuals31 and a small office footprint, 
PensionBee has a relatively small direct impact in terms of the environment and other sustainability 
issues. However, with Assets under Administration of approximately £2.6bn at the end of the 2021, 
we  have  the  opportunity  to  have  a  greater  influence  and  positive  impact  through  the  portfolios 
managed by our asset manager partners.

Integration of ESG into our Investment Plans 

As  a  result  of  index-based  investing,  our  customers  are  the  owners  of  thousands  of  companies 
around the world. At PensionBee, we believe in the ‘engagement with consequences’ approach, 
meaning  we  want  to  work  with  all  companies  to  help  them  become  better  corporate  citizens 
and  create  an  investment  system  that  rewards  positive  impact  on  our  society  and  our  planet. 
Nevertheless, we recognise there will always be some companies that it is not possible to engage 
with as a result of their business activities and that many of our customers wish to entirely exclude 
certain companies from their pensions. 

Through  2021,  we  worked  with  our  asset  managers  to  introduce  ESG  screening  for  violators  of 
the  United  Nations  Global  Compact  (‘UNGC’),  manufacturers  of  controversial  weapons32  and  to 
increase screens on tobacco and fossil fuels. Additionally, and as part of our ongoing commitment 
to screening and integration of ESG issues, we closed two investment plans (the Match Plan and the 
Future World Plan) that could not be sufficiently screened due to legacy components. 

We  seek  to  apply  baseline  ESG  exclusionary  screens  where  both  the  asset  class  and  the  plan 
investment  objectives  allow.  Firstly,  screens  can  be  applied  to  equities  and  fixed  income  but 
cannot yet as easily be applied to gilts, government bonds, cash or alternative investments such 
as commodities or REITs. Secondly, other objectives, such as ‘values / religion-based investing’, will 
take precedence over any screens.

The equity and fixed income portions of our core plan range are fully screened for violators of the 
UNGC  and  manufacturers  of  controversial  weapons.  Screened  plans  are:  the  Tailored  Plan,  Tracker 
Plan, Fossil Fuel Free Plan and Pre-Annuity Plan, which together represent over 93% of the asset base.

In  addition  to  applying  baseline  screens,  we  are  reducing  our  overall  exposure  to  tobacco  and 
thermal coal over time. The Tailored Plan, our largest plan by customers and assets, is also >98% 
screened for tobacco, thermal coal, civilian firearms and nuclear weapons. Our asset managers use 
FTSE and MSCI definitions for their exclusions.

31 As of 31 December 2021. Includes 172 UK employees, 1 UK contractor and 4 non-UK contractors. 
32 Controversial weapons are weapons that have an indiscriminate and disproportional impact on civilian 
populations. A number of international conventions and treaties prohibit or limit the use of these weapons, 
which are defined as anti-personnel landmines, cluster munitions, and chemical and biological weapons.

43

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Our sustainable option, the Fossil Fuel Free Plan, was created and introduced in direct response to 
customer demand in 2020, and was the first mainstream plan of its type. The Fossil Fuel Free Plan 
screens  out  companies  with  proven  or  probable  fossil  fuel  reserves  and  companies  that  provide 
services to the fossil fuel industry along with tobacco companies, controversial weapons companies 
and  UNGC  violators.  The  index  it  tracks  tilts  towards  Paris-aligned  companies  using  a  Transition 
Pathway  Initiative  methodology.  We  introduced  this  investment  plan  to  cater  for  the  growing 
number of customers who want a pension that tackles climate change. 

Customer Surveys 

In  2021  we  invited  approximately  85%  of  our  customer  base  to  participate  in  a  survey  on  their 
investment views. We regularly survey our customers to ensure that the investment plans we offer 
continue to meet their evolving needs and views. We also use this survey data to engage with our 
money managers on the environmental issues of most importance to our customers and to publicly 
support  other  institutional  investors  in  their  shareholder-led  resolutions.  In  2021  we  used  survey 
data from customers in our Tailored Plan to encourage our managers for change through voting. 
As a result of those surveys we are now progressing towards obtaining our own votes, which will 
mean that in the future we can vote directly on the most important issues for our customers, and 
not through the money manager. 

Customers in our Fossil Fuel Free Plan also expressed a desire to expand the exclusion criteria of 
the plan by removing companies that provide services to the fossil fuel industry. We approached 
Legal  &  General,  the  manager  of  the  plan,  who  made  a  commitment  to  both  removing  these 
companies but also continuing to evolve the plan in the future, in line with the views of investors. 
This survey also revealed a growing number of customers who want a pension that directly plays 
a part in solving the world’s biggest environmental challenges, something that we have begun to 
look at. We will continue to take a customer-led approach to our investments in 2022 and beyond. 

Minimising our Impact on the Environment 

We offer fully remote working to all employees, which greatly reduces commuting emissions for 
those  who  wish  to  work  permanently  from  home,  as  well  as  allowing  us  to  recruit  from  further 
afield. We also have low business travel emissions as most of our meetings are held virtually or in 
central London, where we are based. Our office is centrally located and easily accessible by public 
transport. We also offer bike storage and showers for those who wish to run, walk or cycle. Our new 
office premises on Blackfriars Road use 100% renewable REGO sustainable green electricity and are 
committed to reducing carbon emissions each year. 

PensionBee  is  a  paperless  pension  provider.  Our  communications  are  digital,  with  annual 
statements available to download in the BeeHive. We estimate the pensions industry still sends 
out  40m  paper  packs  each  year  by  post  and  we  have  long  campaigned  for  other  providers  to 
reduce their use of paper. 

44

We donate old working laptops to our partner school, Langdon Park School, which are used by their 

careers service to increase employability prospects through online training and skills development. 

Other office equipment is recycled or given away to employees. 

Environmental Awards 

During  2021,  we  were  proud  to  have  achieved  recognition  for  our  focus  on  and  achievements 

relating to our environmental impact, including:

 • Winner: Financial Times & Investors Chronicle Celebration of Investment Awards - ‘ESG Champion 

- Innovation’. (Fossil Fuel Free Plan)

 • Highly Commended: (Investment Week) Investment Marketing & Innovation Awards - ‘Best Use 

of Market Research’. (Fossil Fuel Free Plan)

 • Shortlisted: Business Green Awards - ‘Marketing Campaign of the Year’ and ‘ESG Investor of the 

Year’.  

 • Shortlisted: Growth Investor Awards - ‘Industry Game Changer’ and ‘ESG Champion of the Year’.
 • Shortlisted:  Financial  Times  &  Investors  Chronicle  Celebration  of  Investment  Awards  -  ‘ESG 

Company of the Year’, ‘Community’ and ‘Innovation’. 

Disclosures

This  year  we  disclosed  under  the  Sustainability  Accounting  Standards  Board  (‘SASB’),  Workforce 

Disclosure Initiative ('WDI') and Streamlined Energy & Carbon (‘SECR’) reporting frameworks for the 

first time. As part of our commitment to increasing our transparency in all the strands of ESG, we will 

disclose under additional frameworks as data becomes available and in the area of climate-related 

disclosures as it relates to future incoming regulation. 

We began to report under the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB), (under our primary 

SICS industry Financials - Asset Management & Custody Activities) and began work on our own ESG 

materiality assessment. 

We  have  also  begun  reporting  under  the  new  Streamlined  Energy  &  Carbon  (‘SECR’)  Reporting 

requirements. We have reported on all of the emission sources required under the Companies Act 

2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2018. 

The SECR disclosure can be found on pages 97 to 103 of the Director’s Report within the Corporate 

Governance Report. 

PensionBee Group plc2 Social (our Employees, our Customers and our Communities) 

Diversity & Inclusion 

We  have  a  well  established  history  of  fostering  diversity  and  inclusion.  Diversity  and  inclusion  are 

aligned with our vision of living in a world where everyone can look forward to a happy retirement. We 

believe that one aspect of achieving a happy retirement is social inclusion. 

In  2021,  we  published  our  Diversity,  Inclusion  and  Equality  Policy,  which  outlines  our  approach 

to  diversity  and  public  commitments.  Our  aim  is  for  our  team  to  be  representative  of  all  areas  of 

society, across all levels of the business, to better reflect and represent our diverse customer base. 

We welcome everyone regardless of gender, race, origin, religion, size, age, sexuality or disability and 

will not tolerate any conduct which harms others. 

We are committed to: 

 • Providing equality, fairness and dignity for everyone in our team.

 • Opposing and preventing all forms of unlawful discrimination.

 • Creating  a  working  environment  free  of  bullying,  harassment,  victimisation  and  unlawful 
discrimination,  where  every  person’s  individual  differences  and  contributions  are  valued  and 

respected.

We are working towards the following goals:

 • Maintaining at least 50% women and minority gender balance at all levels.

 • Increasing representation of all minority ethnicities to match the UK population across all levels 

of the business (as defined by the 2011 census).

 • In  2021,  we  maintained  our  target  of  50%  female  representation  on  the  Board  and  Executive 
Management Team and achieved gender parity across all levels of the business, with more than 

40% of employees being from minority ethnic groups across the Company.

 • In the workplace, our ambition is to create the kind of workplace all PensionBee employees want 
to work at, and as such we are focused on promoting equality, diversity and inclusion, preventing 

unlawful  discrimination,  respecting  and  protecting  human  rights  and  ensuring  that  everyone 

feels respected and safe at work. 

45

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Workforce Composition 

Composition of PensionBee’s Workforce in Leadership Positions by Race or Ethnicity36

Race or Ethnicity Category

Board Level

Executive Management Level

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

100%

13%

13%

0%

0%

0%

74%

As of 31 December 2021, PensionBee had a total workforce of 177 individuals.33 We achieved an 
approximate 50:50 gender split, with 51% of employees identifying as female, 49% identifying as 
male and 1% identifying as non-binary.34  

We conduct an annual Diversity, Inclusion and Engagement survey in June each year, which all employees 

are invited to participate in on a voluntary basis, the results of which are shown below for 2021. 

Composition of PensionBee’s Workforce by Race or Ethnicity35

Racial or Ethnic Background

Percentage of 

UK as per 2011 

London as per 

Employees

Census

2011 Census

Latinix/Hispanic

Asian or Asian British 

Black, African, Caribbean 

or Black British

Mixed or Multiple Ethnic Groups

Latinix/Hispanic

Other Ethnic Groups

10%

17%

10%

3%

1%

8%

3%

2%

1%

1%

19%

13%

5%

3%

3%

White

58%

86%

60%

Asian or Asian British 

Black, African, Caribbean 

or Black British

Mixed or Multiple ethnic groups

Other ethnic groups

White

Diversity Awards  

In 2021, we were proud to have achieved recognition for our focus and achievements in diversity, 

including:

★ Winner: FTAdviser Diversity in Finance Awards - ‘Employer of the Year’. 

★ Highly Commended: FTAdviser Diversity in Finance Awards - ‘Trailblazing Company of the Year’. 

Composition of PensionBee’s Workforce in Leadership Positions by Gender36 

★ Shortlisted: PensionsAge Awards - ‘Diversity’.

Seniority Level

Board

Executive Management

Percentage of 

Workforce

3%

5%

Percentage Female

Percentage Male

Company of the Year’. 

★  Shortlisted: AltFi Awards - ‘Fintech Of The Year’ and ‘Diversity and Inclusion Initiative Of The Year’.

★  Shortlisted:  FTAdviser  Diversity  in  Finance  Awards  -  ‘Employer  of  the  Year’  and  ‘Trailblazing 

60%

50%

40%

50%

Workforce Disclosure Initiative 

33 Includes 172 UK employees, 1 UK contractor and 4 non-UK contractors.
34 Data excludes 9 individuals who did not self identify. 
35 Data as of June 2021. PensionBee’s Workforce includes all permanent employees but excludes the Board. 
36 Data as of June 2021. PensionBee’s Workforce includes Board and Executive Management.

46

In 2021, PensionBee disclosed for the first time under the WDI. The WDI aims to improve corporate 

transparency  and  accountability  on  workforce  issues,  provide  companies  and  investors  with 

comprehensive and comparable data and help increase the provision of good jobs worldwide. 

PensionBee Group plc 
 
 
 
Our first year disclosure score under the WDI was 90%, as compared to a financial sector average of 

69% and an average all company disclosure score of 68%. 

PensionBee is also an investor signatory of the WDI, part of an investor coalition of 53 institutions, 

with  $7.5tr  in  assets  under  management,  that  comes  together  to  set  the  global  standard  for 

workforce disclosures and to campaign for the improvement of conditions of workers around the 

world. 

Paying a Living Wage

PensionBee  is  an  accredited  Living  Wage  Employer,  furthering  its  mission  to  champion  diversity 

and representation in the pensions industry. We pay all our employees a London Living Wage at a 

minimum, regardless of where they are located across the UK. 

PensionBee  is  also  a  member  of  ShareAction’s  Good  Work  Coalition,  where  we  regularly  support 

public  campaigns  to  address  income  inequality,  tackle  in-work  poverty  and  lobby  FTSE-listed 

companies to pay their employees a fair wage. 

Gender Pay Gap 

As  a  member  of  the  Women  in  Finance  Charter,  which  seeks  to  see  gender  balance  at  all  levels 

across  financial  services  firms,  we  regularly  report  publicly  on  female  representation.  We  have 
achieved 50% female representation across our employee base, across all levels of our business.37

As at 31 December 2020, PensionBee measured a median hourly pay gap of just 4% and a median 

bonus pay gap of 0% among our employees. This gap was in line with PensionBee’s target of 0% 

with a variance of 5% above or below owing to the overall size of the employee base to 1.6% as 

measured in December 2021 .

 • Recruit women who have the potential to reach senior management.
 • Support the career development and progression of women at mid-tier level to senior roles.
 • Recruit females into roles that traditionally do not have gender diversity, such as developers and 

other technology roles.

PensionBee’s Shared Parental Leave Policy

Becoming a parent is a life changing moment and providing support for all new parents as they 

navigate  this  stage  in  their  life  journey  is  key.  Our  Shared  Parental  Leave  Policy  aims  to  address 

some  of  the  challenges  that  face  parents,  and  support  them  in  maintaining  an  engaging,  and 

fulfilling career alongside their new responsibilities and applies to anyone taking on parental duties, 

regardless of their biological relationship to the new arrival and regardless of gender.

Employee Engagement 

Aligning with our values of Honesty and Love, we take active steps to involve and consult employees 

where we can, to make sure everyone is listened to and well represented. We have a number of on-

going initiatives in place to make sure our employees are listened to and well represented:

 • Weekly all-Company Show & Tell meetings with CEO and Executive Management team. 

 • ‘Happiness!’ meetings for employees to discuss their wellbeing with their manager bi-monthly. 

 • Annual Diversity, Inclusion and Engagement survey. 

 • Annual manager feedback survey. 

 • Workforce engagement events with the Board.

 • Anonymous channels for employees to submit any requests, concerns, issues they may have.  

 • ‘Diversity Champions’ appointed with the aim of helping represent employees and to promote 

diversity and inclusion within the Company.

Number of Employees

 • Qualified Mental Health First Aiders, trained to provide mental health support to our employees.

Median Hourly Pay Gap

Median Bonus Pay Gap

Pay Gap

1.6%

0%

138

138

In 2021, we were pleased to have initiated ‘Town Hall’ meetings for all employees to have the opportunity 

to  meet  and  engage  with  the  Board,  addressing  employees’  queries  and  concerns.  Our  Senior 

Independent Director, Mary Francis CBE, the Director responsible for employee engagement, hosted 

our 2021 employee engagement event, facilitating discussion on themes suggested by and voted for by 

employees, including themes from the diversity survey this year. All our events and meetings are hosted 

online in order to maximise participation and inclusion. We also appointed a Head of Culture, Inclusion 

and Wellbeing to lead a new program focused on the enhancement of our values-based culture. 

47

There is increasing evidence that gender-equality interventions deliver benefits, both in 

terms of worker satisfaction and business performance. We intend to continue to:

37  Data as of September 2021.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Another initiative that we are proud of is our ‘PensionBee Speaks’ series, which provides the opportunity 

for employees, or friends of PensionBee, to lead talks on issues that they are passionate about, raising 

awareness and empowering our employees to speak up. Examples included: anti-racist and anti-sexist 

hiring, trans inclusion, traveller rights, the body positivity movement and abortion rights. 

Measuring  our  progress  and  seeking  feedback  from  our  employees  on  how  we  are  faring  is 

important. Our annual Diversity, Inclusion and Engagement survey of all our employees explores 

themes related to well-being, longevity and remuneration. The data suggests that people largely 

feel  aligned  with  the  company’s  mission,  vision  and  values  and  that  their  job  helps  them  stay 

Would you recommend 
working at PensionBee 
to a friend?

Do you feel a sense 
of belonging at 
PensionBee?

connected to PensionBee’s goals.   

Customer Engagement 

Our mission is to make pensions simple, so that everyone can look forward to a happy retirement. 

We work to make this vision a reality for our customers, in the form of financial freedom, good health 

and social inclusion. We help our customers take control of their finances and help fight for their 

rights as savers. We act to prevent our customers’ investments from damaging their health, so they 

can enjoy bigger pensions for longer. We support savers from all social backgrounds and aim to 

address financial inequality wherever it exists.

There are a number of ways in which we engage with our customers. They regularly receive the 

opportunity  to  share  their  feedback  via  our  dedicated  Engagement  team,  customer  case  study 

interviews, by email, or through one of the many surveys we run on a variety of topics. 

During the course of 2021, PensionBee customers shared 165,000 pieces of feedback (through email, 

live chat or phone call), which was tagged and recorded, and which helped to drive our product 

road map, making sure that we prioritised features that resonated with our customers’ needs. 

Customer  interviews  formed  another  integral  part  of  our  engagement  work.  We  conducted  over 

100 in-depth case study interviews in 2021, led by our product design and engagement teams. In 

2021, our customers’ voices and stories were featured widely across national media, amplifying our 

customers’ voices and serving to change perceptions of pensions and deepen the understanding of 

the experiences of ordinary pension savers. We do this in order to improve the pensions system for 

all savers in the UK. 

Closing the Gender Pensions Gap 

Currently,  an  obstacle  to  achieving  financial  freedom  for  everyone  is  the  gender  pensions  gap, 
which is on average 38% and almost 60% in some parts of the UK.38 We believe that bold action 
is required to challenge this gap, so that women can enjoy similar levels of wealth in retirement as 

men. This is particularly important as women tend to live longer and often bear their own care costs. 

38 Source: PensionBee research: ‘2021 gender pensions gap analysis by region’.

48

92%
Favourable

4%
Unfavourable

4%
Rather not say

93%
Favourable

4%
Unfavourable

3%
Rather not say

Do you feel listened 
to by PensionBee?

Do you feel aligned with 
PensionBee’s mission, 
vision and values?

86%
Favourable

12%
Unfavourable

2%
Rather not say

96%
Favourable

2%
Unfavourable

2%
Rather not say

PensionBee Group plcIn 2021, PensionBee published a report on the economic case for gender-inclusive, paid parental 
leave entitled ‘What would women’s pensions look like if there wasn’t a gender pay gap'.39 In the 
report, which was widely covered in national media, we modelled policy interventions that would 

close the gender pensions gap. To further our understanding in this area we started working with 

More  Diverse  Voices,  on  co-designed  workshops  to  explore  women’s  experiences  of  barriers  to 

saving for retirement, through focus groups, individual interviews and surveys. We invited female 

Working with Local Schools 

We worked with different local state schools via the Careers & Enterprise Company and Give an Hour 

throughout 2021. We have a long term partnership with a local state secondary school in Tower 

Hamlets, Langdon Park School, having held a role as an Enterprise Advisor for them since 2020. At 

Langdon Park School, approximately 50% of the students are on free school meals and English is not 

customers and non-customers to help us re-imagine the pension system for women. The project 

a first language for more than 80%% of the student population.

has influenced some of our product and campaign work that we are planning for 2022. 

Charters, Pledges and Social Impact Initiatives 

To support our vision of living in a world where everyone can look forward to a happy retirement, 

During  2021,  members  of  our  Executive  Management  and  Senior  Management  teams  delivered 

multiple  presentations  and  workshops,  covering  topics  such  as  careers  in  finance,  personal 

budgeting and interview preparation. We co-designed a PensionBee work experience program to 

be  delivered  during  2022,  to  increase  participation  in  pensions  and  financial  services.  Lastly,  we 

we are proud to have publicly committed to the following initiatives in 2021: 

donated laptops to the school’s career service.

 • ABI Transparent Parental Leave and Pay Initiative40

 • Accredited Living Wage Employer41

 • Careers & Enterprise Company42 

 • Make My Money Matter43 

 • Race at Work Charter44

 • Social Mobility Pledge45

 • Tech Talent Charter46

 • The Diversity Project47

 • The Workforce Disclosure Initiative Investor Coalition48

 • Time to Talk (Time to Change)49

 • Women in Finance Charter50

39 https://www.pensionbee.com/resources/pensionbee-report-womens-pensions-if-no-gender-pay-gap.pdf
40 https://www.pensionbee.com/press/abi-transparent-parental-leave-and-pay-initiative
41 https://www.pensionbee.com/press/pensionbee-becomes-accredited-living-wage-employer
42 https://www.careersandenterprise.co.uk
43  https://makemymoneymatter.co.uk
44  https://www.pensionbee.com/press/pensionbee-signs-the-race-at-work-charter
45 https://www.pensionbee.com/press/pensionbee-joins-social-mobility-pledge 
46 https://www.techtalentcharter.co.uk/home
47 https://diversityproject.com
48 https://shareaction.org/investor-initiatives/workforce-disclosure-initiative
49  https://www.time-to-change.org.uk 
50  https://www.pensionbee.com/women-in-finance

49

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20213 Governance (our Regulator, our Shareholders, our Suppliers)

Engagement with the Industry and Regulators 

We  have  always  been  an  active  participant  in  industry  groups  and  forums.  Regularly  invited  to 

participate in Government working groups, in 2021 we were part of the Department of Work and 

Pensions’ (‘DWP’) Statement Season Group and the Costs and Charges Disclosure Initiative. Romi 

Savova also sits on the Steering Group for the Government’s Pensions Dashboard Working Group. 

We were invited to speak on a number of panels and tech roundtables on topics ranging from the 

Smart  Data  Right,  open  pensions,  responsible  investing,  financial  wellbeing,  the  Kalifa  Review’s 

proposed changes to the UK listing regime and at HM Treasury’s Connect Conference. 

2021 was a busy year for Government consultations and we actively engaged and responded to 

consultations  that  impacted  our  customers  and  our  business.  Our  vision  is  for  our  customers  to 

achieve financial freedom and a core part of that is ensuring we have a policy environment that 

allows all savers to take control of their finances and fight for their rights as savers.

In order to help our customers achieve financial freedom, we publicly spoke out about a number of 
policy interventions in 2021. We warned of the dangers of a two-tier retirement system51, following 
Her Majesty’s Treasury (HMT) proposal on the Normal Minimum Pension Age, and on the benefits 
of introducing a flat pensions tax relief rate52. We used our own data to warn that DWP’s Statement 
Season could put 10.6m pension savers at risk of scams53 and that the drawdown comparator tool 
was not fit for purpose.54 

We were pleased to respond to two Financial Conduct Authority consultations on diversity in the 

financial sector and diversity on boards. In both consultations we responded that there should be an 

explicit requirement for all regulated financial services firms to disclose their workforce data under 

the WDI and to publish their responses on their website in order to demonstrate progress over time 

and enable stakeholders to hold firms accountable.

We are members of the ABI and Innovate Finance and a key contributor to COADEC’s work on open 

pensions. 

51 https://citywire.com/new-model-adviser/news/govt-pension-age-reform-will-create-two-tier-retirement-system/a1481055
52  https://www.pensionsage.com/pa/Govt-urged-to-consider-to-universal-tax-relief-as-millions-of-high-earners-
miss-out.php
53  https://www.ftadviser.com/pensions/2021/11/26/statement-season-could-put-10-6m-pension-savers-at-risk
54 https://www.ftadviser.com/pensions/2021/03/18/government-s-investment-pathway-tool-not-fit-for-purpose

50

PensionBee Group plcTransfers Out / Scams 

Privacy & Data Security 

We  continued  to  be  an  active  member  of  the  Pension  Scams  Industry  Forum  (‘PSIF’)  in  2021, 

We take the security of our customers’ personal information very seriously. We take administrative, 

attending monthly meetings with representatives from across the ‘scams community’. We follow 

legal, technical and physical precautions to ensure the security of personal information in accordance 

the principles of the PSIF Code of Good Practice in all suspicious transfer out requests and also share 

with the UK General Data Protection Regulation. We use personal information in accordance with 

scams intelligence with other members of the community. 

our Privacy Policy.

In  2021,  PensionBee  became  a  member  and  signatory  of  The  Pensions  Regulator’s  Pledge  to 

All communications between our customers’ browsers and our website are secured using 128-bit 

Combat Pension Scams. We welcomed the new transfer regulations and powers for providers to 

TLS encryption, to ensure that only people authorised to view their personal information can do so. 

block pensions scams in 2021. We continue to work collaboratively with the rest of the industry to 

Information  is  stored  in  secure  databases  and  data  centres  accredited  to  multiple  internationally 

warn members about the risks of scams and campaign for additional protections for savers. 

recognised standards. Our security controls are tested on an annual basis by independent experts 

Inviting Customers to Participate in our IPO 

and PensionBee maintains certification to the ISO/IEC 27001:2013 standard for information security 

management systems. PensionBee systems undergo an annual vulnerability assessment as part of 

certifying to the Cyber Essentials Plus scheme.

PensionBee customers are at the heart of everything we do, so when it came to our IPO, we wanted 

to make sure they had the opportunity to invest and become shareholders, something that is not 

Customers are additionally protected from identity fraud and account compromise using a variety 

always made possible for retail investors. In 2021, we partnered with PrimaryBid, the retail investor 

of  techniques  including  digital  customer  identity  verification,  which  incorporates  a  cutting-edge 

platform, to offer all our Invested Customers at the time the opportunity to invest, alongside raising 

facial similarity check, bank account verification and multi-factor authentication.

new institutional funds. We were delighted that so many customers took up the chance to become 

shareholders and we look forward to continuing to engage with them through quarterly updates 

given to the market and at our first Annual General Meeting. 

Corporate Governance 

Supply Chain Mapping 

We act ethically in all business dealings and we expect our suppliers to uphold these principles too, 

urging them to adopt similar policies within their own businesses. As all our largest suppliers are 

large companies based in either the UK or Ireland, they are subject to Modern Slavery legislation, 

Gender Pay Gap reporting requirements, FCA regulation and other comparable EU legislation (in 

Ireland) as applicable. As the bulk of our suppliers provide technology or online advertising services 

and  are  based  in  low-risk  countries,  we  have  assessed  the  threat  of  human  rights  issues  in  their 

businesses and supply chain to be low risk.

In 2021, we engaged with our suppliers on their workforce issues, including topics such as use of 

contractors, Living Wages, upholding human rights (including in their own supply chains), right of 

association and policies on discrimination and harrasment. We have also asked our main suppliers 

to disclose under the WDI. 

Further details on the Company’s approach to governance can be found on pages 63 to 68 of the 

Corporate Governance Statement within the Corporate Governance Report. 

We have set out in the Corporate Governance Statement how we have applied the Principles of the 

Code and have included cross references throughout it as to where further supporting information 

may be contained. The Board and the Committees believe that they have upheld the Code through 

their  work  and  are  able  to  report  no  instances  of  non-compliance  against  the  Code  from  the 

Company’s listing to 31 December 2021.

51

Annual Report and Financial Statements 202112 Managing our Risks  

The Risk Management Framework 

First Line of Defence

The first line of defence is directly embedded in the business activities and is managed by department 
heads or other sufficiently senior employees at PensionBee. Risks are brought to the attention of the 
first line by the second line and vice versa. The first line of defence is required to implement the 
Company’s risk management policies.

The  Board  is  ultimately  responsible  for  establishing  the  risk  appetite  and  the  risk  management 

framework at PensionBee. The Board has appointed the Audit and Risk Committee to assist with the 

Second Line of Defence

oversight of risk management activities.  

We maintain a comprehensive risk management framework and risk management is acknowledged 

as the collective responsibility of every employee. The risk management framework encompasses 

procedures  and  processes  designed  to  identify,  monitor  and  mitigate  risks  that  arise  from  its 

business activities, thereby helping to ensure the Company meets its obligations to key stakeholders, 

including customers, employees, shareholders, regulators and broader society.

The risk management framework at PensionBee adopts the standard first, second and third line of 

defence model in segregating risk management activities and reporting lines. The Board oversees 

the risk management framework and process, which is set out below. ‘External assurance’ highlights 

the external parties PensionBee engages to assist the Board of Directors in exercising its ultimate 

oversight. For the avoidance of doubt, the external auditor’s duty is to shareholders.

Function

Ultimate oversight

Responsibility

Board of Directors

Investment 
Committee

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Nomination 
committee

Remuneration 
committee

External assurance

Governance Advisory 
Arrangement (PLT)

Financial Auditor
(Deloitte)

ISO 27001 Auditor
(BSI)

Pension Technical 
(Enhance)

Second Line

Risk Management Team + Senior Leadership at PensionBee - together the 
Risk Stakeholder Group (RSG) - meet monthly to discuss risk-related matters. 
The Information Security Committee (ISC) is a Co-Committee of the RSG.

First Line

Embedded in the business (Operations, Technology, Marketing, Product, Finance, etc.)

52

The second line of defence is delivered by the Company’s risk management team, which documents, 
monitors  and  maintains  the  Company’s  appetite  and  perceived  exposure  to  risk  through  a  risk 
register.  The  Company’s  risk  appetite  is  generally  low  to  medium.  PensionBee  has  put  in  place 
mitigations  to  achieve  a  residual  risk  exposure  that  is  in  line  with  its  risk  appetite.  As  part  of  its 
mitigating activities, the Company maintains a set of policies that document the steps it takes to 
help reduce the likelihood (and in some cases, the impact) of a risk occurring. Each policy is reviewed 
at least once annually.

External Assurance 

The Company employs external parties to provide assurance as it does not currently have an internal 
audit function. These parties are appointed based on their sector expertise, including investment 
management,  finance,  compliance,  regulation  and  information  security.  The  Audit  and  Risk 
Committee is kept up to date with the work of these parties. 

Identifying Emerging Risks

The PensionBee Executive Management team has documented the Company’s perceived exposure 
to risk through the collation of a risk register, which is managed by the Risk Management team. The 
risk register lays out the Company’s risks, assesses the Company’s exposure and its risk appetite. The 
documented results of risk assessments are reviewed to understand the level of risk and controls 
implemented as appropriate to address any unacceptable risks that have been identified.

Employees  are  encouraged  to  report  any  potential  new  risks  to  the  Risk  Management  team.  If 
anyone prefers to report any potential risk in a more confidential way, they are welcome to contact 
a member of the Risk Management team directly.  

The Risk Management team meets on a monthly basis with the Legal Team and potential new risks 
are discussed during these meetings. In addition, the Risk Management team meets monthly with 
key senior leaders in the company, including the Executive Management team, the VP of Technical 
Solutions, and the Head of Compliance. Together, this leadership group and the Risk Management 
team form the Risk Stakeholder Group (‘RSG’). Both potential new risks and existing risks are discussed 

during these meetings and actions to mitigate those risks are decided upon and followed up on.

PensionBee Group plc 
 
 
 
Stakeholders and Activities

Information Security Risk

The risk register lists the stakeholders of the Company, the activities that the Company performs and 

the risks to the stakeholders that these activities may generate. Each risk has been categorised by 

type and then rated based on the impact and likelihood of occurrence.

Each risk is allocated to a risk owner, who is a member of the Executive Management team and is 

usually the head of the department performing the activity. In cases where the risk is associated with 

very  specific  knowledge  (e.g. information  security) the  owner  may  be  another member  of  senior 

management who possesses that knowledge.

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Overview of Risks

We  have  identified  seven  types  of  potential  risks  which  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the 

Company’s long-term performance. These arise from internal or external events, acts or omissions. 

The risk factors mentioned below do not purport to be exhaustive as there may be additional risks 

that the Company has not yet identified, or has deemed to be immaterial, that could have a material 

adverse effect on the business.

Regulatory Risk

PensionBee’s business is subject to risks relating to changes in UK government policy and applicable 

regulations. Whilst we have historically been beneficiaries of favourable regulatory changes, including 

through the introduction of Automatic Enrolment and Pension Freedoms, any regulatory changes 

PensionBee  is  subject  to  strict  data  protection  and  privacy  laws  in  the  UK  including  the  General 

Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’). If our information security processes, policies and procedures 

relating to personal data are not fully implemented and followed by employees, or if any of our third 

party service providers has historically failed to manage data in a compliant manner or fails in the 

future, we could face financial sanctions and reputational damage. 

Furthermore,  our  operations  are  susceptible  to  cybercrime  and  loss  or  misuse  of  data.  Failure  to 

prevent such actions, or circumvention of our information security processes, policies and procedures 

could result in financial losses, business interruption and unauthorised access to personal data. 

Operational Risk

PensionBee is dependent on third-party technology and financial services providers for the provision 

of  investment  management,  banking  and  technology  services.  Any  termination,  interruption  or 

reduced performance in the services provided by these third parties could negatively impact the 

provision of our services and have a material adverse effect on our reputation and profitability. 

Our  operational  infrastructure  and  business  continuity  may  be  affected  by  other  failures  or 

interruption from events, some of which are beyond our control. Our systems and the systems of 

our third-party providers may be vulnerable to fire, flood and other natural disasters; power loss or 

telecommunications  or  data  network  failures;  improper  or  negligent  operation  by  employees  or 

service  providers,  or  unauthorised  physical  or  electronic  access;  and  interruptions  to  network  or 

wider  system  integrity  generally.  There  can  be  no  guarantee  that  our  preventative  measures  will 

protect us from all potential damage arising from any of the events described above. 

which are negative for PensionBee’s business could have a material adverse effect on our prospects. 

Market Risk

PensionBee’s operations are subject to authorisation and supervision from the Financial Conduct 

PensionBee’s  business  may  be  adversely  affected  by  negative  sudden  or  prolonged  fluctuations 

Authority, and supervision from HMRC and the Information Commissioner’s Office. PensionBee may 

in the capital markets. We generate the vast majority of Revenue in the form of fees charged on a 

fail, or be held to have failed, to comply with regulations and such regulations and approvals may 

recurring basis calculated by reference to the value of our AUA. Our Revenue and profitability are 

change, making compliance more onerous and costly. The Financial Conduct Authority, or other 

therefore directly influenced by global stock markets. A general deterioration in the global economy 

regulators, could conclude that PensionBee has breached applicable regulations, which could result 

and a resulting capital market decline may have a negative impact on the value of our customers’ 

in a public reprimand, fines, customer redress or other regulatory sanctions. PensionBee must also 

pensions and their overall confidence to make new contributions to their PensionBee pensions. 

comply with relevant regulatory capital and liquidity requirements.

Credit Risk

PensionBee may be subject to complaints or claims from customers and third parties in the normal 

course of business. If a large number of complaints, or complaints resulting in substantial customer 

and third party losses, were upheld against PensionBee, it could have a material adverse effect on 

PensionBee’s business and financial condition. 

PensionBee is dependent on third-party financial services providers for the provision of investment 

management and banking services. We are reliant upon these third parties for the safekeeping of 

our own and our customers’ assets. Any default by one of these third parties would have a material 

adverse effect on our reputation and financial position. 

53

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Reputational Risk 

PensionBee  could  be  subject  to  adverse  publicity,  including  if  we  or  our  customers  become 

targets for actual and attempted financial crime and fraud arising from the actions of third parties, 

customers and staff. Criminals may attempt to use PensionBee’s service to facilitate financial crimes. 

If we do not continue to develop and implement preventative financial crime and fraud measures, 

practices and strategies, our ability to combat financial crime and fraud could be adversely affected. 

There is no guarantee that our proactive measures will be successful in the prevention or detection 

of  financial  crime  and  fraud  and  any  failure  to  combat  these  matters  effectively  could  adversely 

affect our profitability. 

Strategic Risk

The pensions market is competitive and there is no guarantee that we will be able to continue to 

achieve the growth levels we have enjoyed to date or that we will be able to maintain our financial 

performance  either  at  historical  or  anticipated  future  levels.  Our  competitors  include  a  variety  of 

financial  services  firms  and  our  market  is  characterised  by  ongoing  technological  progression, 

including of the underlying infrastructure and user experience. There is no guarantee that we will 

continue to outpace our competitors. In addition, the pension market remains cost-sensitive and 

competitors could materially undercut our fees, thereby generating pressure on our revenues. Any 

failure to maintain our competitive position could lead to a reduction in revenues and profitability 

as well as lower future growth. 

We are dependent upon the experience, skills and knowledge of our Directors and senior managers 

to implement our strategy. The loss of a significant number of Directors, senior managers and/or 

other key employees, or the inability to recruit suitably experienced, qualified and trained staff, as 

needed, may cause significant disruption to our business and ability to grow. 

54

PensionBee Group plcSummary of Risks and Mitigations

Through the risk management process described above, we have taken the appropriate steps to reduce risk in accordance with our risk appetite. The summary of these steps are presented below.  

Risk Type

Risks

Mitigations

Regulatory

We may be materially adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation 

and regulations. We may breach regulatory capital or liquidity requirements.

Information Security 

Serious or prolonged breaches, errors or breakdowns of our technology 

systems or exposure to an external attack could materially breach 

data protection laws, which could render us liable to governmental or 

regulatory disciplinary action, as well as to claims by customers.

Serious or recurrent breaches and errors in manual processes and systems, 

Operational 

including those provided by third parties, could render us liable to governmental 

or regulatory disciplinary action, as well as claims by  customers. 

 • Strong culture of fair treatment of customers and purposeful business model.
 • Maintain a robust risk management framework.
 • Regular interactions with industry bodies to monitor trends. 
 • Regulatory capital and liquidity planning and monitoring through the finance function.
 • ISO 27001 certification.
 • Maintain a robust policy set and physical controls to keep information secure.
 • Rely on global partners for data storage and encryption.
 • Regular training for employees.
 • Extensive automation program in place to reduce manual procedures. 
 • Maintain a robust policy set of document procedures.
 • Regular training for employees. 
 • Robust external supplier selection process and ongoing strategic monitoring of largest 

suppliers.

Fluctuations in capital markets may adversely affect trading activity and/or the value 

of the Company’s Assets under Administration, from which we derive Revenue.

Default by a key financial partner could materially damage the 

capital position and our ability to generate Revenue. 

There is a risk of reputational damage including as a result of employee 

misconduct, failure to manage our risks, fraud or improper practice. 

We operate in a competitive environment and our continued growth 

depends on our ability to respond to external changes. 

 • Rely on recurring Revenue from long-duration assets.
 • Maintain asset diversification through appropriate fund range.
 • Only contract with the world’s largest and most reputable asset managers.
 • Only bank with large and reputable institutions.
 • Strong culture of fair treatment of customers and purposeful business model.
 • Maintain a robust risk management framework.
 • Embedded processes to gather and absorb customer feedback. 
 • Rapid implementation and product development cycles.

Market 

Credit 

Reputational

Strategic

Internal Audit

The Company does not currently have an Internal Audit function, but does employ external parties to provide assurance. The parties are appointed based on their sector expertise, for example, investment 

management, finance, compliance, regulation and information security. The Audit and Risk Committee is kept up to date with the work of these parties. We will continue to evaluate on an ongoing basis 

whether an internal audit function with a direct reporting line to the Audit and Risk Committee should be established.

55

Annual Report and Financial Statements 202113 Viability Statement
  In  accordance  with  provision  31  of  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code,  the  Board  has  assessed 

In  the  event  that  such  modelled  scenarios  were  to  manifest,  the  Board  would  consider  reducing 

the  viability  of  the  Group  for  the  four-year  period  to  December  2025,  considering  this  to  be  an 

discretionary  marketing  expenditure  as  a  management  mitigating  action  to  be  taken.  The  Board 

appropriate  period  over  which  to  assess  the  Group’s  strategy  and  its  capital  requirements, 

considers this approach to be reasonable in light of the Group’s profitability and positioning within 

considering  the  investment  needs  of  the  business  and  the  potential  risks  and  uncertainties  that 

the UK competitive landscape.  

could  impact  the  Group’s  ability  to  meet  its  strategic  objectives.  A  four-year  period  has  been 

considered appropriate because it would likely capture the full downturn of a potential downside 

The results have confirmed that the Group would be able to withstand the adverse financial impact 

business  cycle  and  furthermore,  it  would  provide  sufficient  time  to  identify  and  execute  further 

of  these  scenarios  occurring  together  over  the  four-year  assessment  period  and  that  it  would 

mitigating  actions  to  address  the  stress  test  scenario  as  outlined  below,  such  as  a  further  capital 

continue to be able to meet its liabilities and capital requirements. 

raise, the identification and implementation of product suite expansion and the identification and 

implementation of further cost savings.

The Group’s medium term plan was reviewed by the Board in December 2021 and subsequently 

approved in February 2022. The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the 

This  assessment  has  been  made  giving  consideration  to  the  financial  position,  regulatory  capital 

Group will be able to continue to operate and meet its liabilities and capital requirements as they 

and liquidity requirements of the Group (as set out on pages 24 to 28 of the Operating and Financial 

fall due over the four-year period to December 2025.

Review within the Strategic Report), in the context of the Company’s strategy, business model and 

medium-term business plan, together with an assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties as 

set out on pages 52 to 55 of the Managing our Risks section of the Strategic Report. Such risks have 

been categorised into regulatory, information security, operational, market, credit, reputational and 

strategic risks in accordance with our risk management framework. 

The Board approved medium term plan assumes the business continues to grow customer numbers 

and AUA through continued investment in our customer proposition, through marketing, people 

and  technology.  It  is  assumed  that  there  are  no  significant  or  prolonged  market  movements  in 

underlying asset values from the time the plan was approved by the Board. 

The Board has considered the potential impact of the following stress test scenarios, which together 

represent a severe and unlikely but possible scenario:

 • Market Risk - Prolonged equity market volatility. A material reduction in the equity market as 
a result of global economic uncertainty (such as COVID-19 and geopolitical disruptions) has 

been assumed over the forecast period whereby the equity market falls by 20% during year 1 

and remains at that level throughout the forecast period.  

Reputational  Risk  -  Caused  by  a  combination  of  operational  risk,  information  security  and 
third party services and solution risk. A material reduction in the customer conversion rate and 

average pot size of newly acquired customers has been assumed over the forecasting period 

whereby it decreases by 10%.

Romi Savova
Chief Executive Officer

13 April 2022

 •

56

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board on 13 April 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

PensionBee Group plcCorporate 
Governance Report

1 Chairman’s Introduction to Governance

The culture of our people, the strength of our leadership and our 
strong corporate governance structure have served us well on our 
journey of becoming a public company... We aim to continue to deliver 
value to all our stakeholders and to meet and exceed their expectations.

Dear Shareholder, 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to introduce our first Corporate Governance Report as a listed 

company, which sets out an overview of the governance structure and the oversight that has been 

provided by the Board for the year ended 31 December 2021.

Board Composition and Succession Planning

Following  our  annual  review  of  Board  and  Committee  composition,  the  independence  of  Non-

Executive  Directors  and  their  time  commitment,  the  Board  remained  satisfied  that  the  balance 

Throughout  this  year,  the  Board  has  remained  fully  committed  to  implementing  the  highest 

of  skills,  experience,  independence  and  knowledge  on  the  Board  and  Committees  remained 

standards  of  corporate  governance  and  has  applied  the  principles  of  the  2018  UK  Corporate 

appropriate.  In  connection  with,  ahead  of  the  Company’s  expected  transfer  to  the  Premium 

Governance Code (the ‘Code’) since the Company’s IPO in April 2021.

Segment,  we  agreed  to  consider  the  addition  of  a  further  Non-Executive  Director  to  the  board, 

The  culture  of  our  people,  the  strength  of  our  leadership  and  our  strong  corporate  governance 

structure have served us well on our journey of becoming a public company with our listing on the 

In  relation  to  succession  planning,  we  have  put  in  place  a  plan  for  the  members  of  the  Board, 

Main Market of the London Stock Exchange and our expected transfer to the Premium Segment. We 

Executives and Non-Executives, and have agreed appropriate contingency plans and process steps 

aim to continue to deliver value to all our stakeholders and to meet and exceed their expectations.

as regards each, should there be an unforeseen prolonged period of absence. Indeed the additional 

together with an additional Executive Director during the course of 2022.

Board Evaluation and Effectiveness

appointment of another Non-Executive Director will further enhance the Board’s ability to continue 

functioning effectively should an existing Non-Executive Director become unexpectedly unavailable. 

Going forward, as the business continues to grow, we will look to broaden the succession planning 

We developed a formal and rigorous internal performance evaluation process for the Company’s 

exercise to consider the Executive Management team more broadly. 

first board evaluation post its listing, in respect of the Board and each of its Committees, covering 

processes  that  underpin  Board  and  Committee  effectiveness,  Board  and  Committee  constitution 

Further details of our leadership team can be found on pages 60 to 62 of the Board of Directors 

and commitment, Board dynamics, culture, values and strategy and stakeholder oversight. 

and Executive Management section of the Corporate Governance Report. Further details relating to 

succession planning are set out on pages 69 to 71 of the Nomination Committee Report within the 

The results indicated strong performance and effectiveness of the Board and Committees, with the 

Corporate Governance Report. 

Board dynamics being identified as a real area of strength for our Board. Themes that surfaced and 

resulting  actions  that  have  been  identified  will  form  a  development  plan  for  the  following  year. 

We will also look to adopt an externally facilitated Board evaluation in due course. Further details 

relating to the Board evaluation are set out on pages 69 to 71 of the Nomination Committee Report 

within the Corporate Governance Report. 

58

PensionBee Group plcDiversity & Inclusion

Stakeholder Engagement

The Board believes that the make-up of PensionBee’s employees should reflect the diversity of the 
Company’s customer base, and we remain committed to promoting diversity and inclusion across 
the business at all levels, through a variety of new and long-standing measures and initiatives. 

We  have  publicly  committed  to  public  targets  for  gender  and  race  and  are  working  towards 
becoming a ‘Disability Confident’ employer. The Company has published its Diversity, Inclusion and 
Equality  Policy  with  public  targets  for  2022,  and  continually  measures  its  progress  against  these 
objectives. Appointments to the Board are skills, knowledge, experience and merit based, but there 
is a clear focus on promoting diversity to ensure appropriate balance. 

This year, PensionBee achieved more than 50%55 female representation across its entire employee base, 
and 50% across its Board and Executive Management levels.56 

When  the  Board  makes  decisions,  it  considers  the  interests  of  all  of  the  Company’s  stakeholders 

in the very broadest sense, contemplating customers, employees, shareholders, our communities, 

government and regulators and our planet. The Board engages directly with key stakeholder groups, 

with the Executive Management team driving much of the engagement, but throughout the year 

this importantly takes place across all levels of the Company. 

The  Board  was  delighted  to  engage  with  the  wider  workforce  during  the  course  of  the  year 

through existing channels and new initiatives, and through constant feedback from the Executive 

Management  team.  Our  goal  is  to  ensure  that  our  employees  are  well  represented,  listened  to 

and heard. A particular highlight this year was the ‘town hall’ employee engagement event led by 

our Senior Independent Director, Mary Francis CBE, who is the director responsible for employee 

engagement, which facilitated cross-Company discussion on themes suggested by and voted for 

by employees and provided the Board with particularly valuable direct insight into what matters to 

Further detail is set out on pages 32 to 40 of the Stakeholders section and pages 42 to 51 of the ESG 

our people. We want to hear from them. 

Considerations section of the Strategic Report. 

Environmental, Social and Governance

We believe that effectively managing our ESG priorities will help preserve our resilience and drive 
long-term  value  for  all  our  stakeholders.  We  pursue  our  ESG  work  transparently,  disclosing  our 
targets  and  relevant  metrics,  and  believe  this  approach  supports  accountability  and  helps  our 
stakeholders to be informed about our progress. 

Of  note,  this  year  we  are  pleased  to  have  integrated  ESG  into  our  investment  range  to  secure 
sustainable value for our customers, our society and our planet, closing two plans that could not be 
screened under our ESG policy. We continued to minimise our impact on the environment through 
our remote working policy and as a paperless provider and encouraged other pension companies 
to stop sending out millions of paper statements each year. 

The Board is committed to proactive and constructive engagement with the Company’s shareholders, 

which includes many of our customers and our employees alike. We have set a calendar for regular 

and detailed engagement around quarterly results updates, to ensure that shareholders can clearly 

follow the Company’s investment case, strategy and performance, and enable us to hear the views 

of our shareholders. We will continue to make ourselves available. 

Further information relating to how we engage with our employees, shareholders and all our other 

stakeholders is set out on pages 32 to 40 of the Stakeholders section of the Strategic Report.

Conclusion

Further details setting out how the Board has discharged its corporate governance responsibilities 

during the year are set out elsewhere in this report. 

As part of our commitment to increasing our transparency in all the strands of ESG, we disclosed 
under  the  SASB,  WDI  and  SECR  reporting  frameworks  for  the  first  time.  We  will  disclose  under 
additional frameworks as data becomes available and as it relates to future incoming regulation in 
respect of climate-related disclosures. 

The Board looks forward to welcoming shareholders to the Company’s first Annual General Meeting, 

which will be held on 18 May 2022. The Notice of the AGM will be distributed to Shareholders and 

made available on the Company’s website.

Further  details  on  our  ESG  activities  can  be  found  on  pages  42  to  51  of  the  ESG  Considerations 
section of the Strategic Report and our SECR Reporting is set out on pages 97 to 103 of the Directors’ 
Report within the Corporate Governance Report. 

55 Supported by PensionBee’s Diversity & Inclusion Survey, completed in June 2021.
56 As of 31 December 2021.

In the meantime, the Board is grateful for the continued support of our Shareholders and the Non-

Executive Directors and I are available to engage with our stakeholders at any time. 

Mark Wood CBE
Chairman

13 April 2022

59

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20212 Board of Directors and Executive Management

Mark Wood CBE
Independent Non-Executive Chairman 

Committee Membership:  
Investment Committee (Chair), 

Nomination Committee (Chair), 

Remuneration Committee 

Date of Appointment: January 201657

External Appointments:
Chairman, Digitalis Reputation Limited

Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Audit, 

Risk & Compliance Committee, RAC Motoring Services

Chairman, Utility Bidder Limited

Chairman, Acquis Insurance Management Limited

Chairman, Ondo InsurTech Plc

Mary Francis CBE
Senior Independent Director
Director responsible for Employee 

Engagement 

Committee Membership:  
Audit and Risk Committee, Investment 

Committee, Nomination Committee, 
Remuneration Committee (Chair) 

Date of Appointment: November 202057

External Appointments:
Non-Executive Director, Barclays plc

Chair of the Remuneration Committee, Barclays Bank plc

Member of the UK Takeover Appeal Board

Member of the Advisory Panel, Institute of Business Ethics

Chairman, Multiple Sclerosis Society Research Appeal Board

Senior Adviser, Chatham House

Trustee, Brooklands Museum Trust Limited

Career and Experience:
Mark  Wood  CBE  has  had  a  long  and  distinguished  career, 

Career and Experience:
Mary  Francis  CBE  has  extensive  and  diverse  board-level 

experience  across  a  range  of  industries,  including  previous 

serving  as  Chief  Executive  of  some  of  the  country’s  largest 

Non-Executive Directorships at the Bank of England, Alliance & 

financial service companies, including Prudential UK & Europe, 

Leicester, Aviva, Centrica and Swiss Re Group.

Axa UK and Jardine Lloyd Thompson Employee Benefits. Mark is 

a regular commentator in the press on pensions and insurance.

Through her former senior executive positions with HM Treasury, 

the  Prime  Minister’s  Office,  and  as  Director  General  of  the 

Michelle Cracknell CBE
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Committee Membership:  
Audit and Risk Committee (Chair), 

Investment Committee, Nomination 
Committee, Remuneration Committee 

Date of Appointment: November 201957

External Appointments:
Non-Executive Director, Just Group plc

Non-Executive Director, Fidelity International Holdings

Chair, Fidelity Retirement Services

Director, Singing Gorilla Projects Charity

Career and Experience:
Michelle Cracknell CBE has a portfolio career as a Pension Trustee 

and  Non-Executive  Director.  She  has  over  30  years’  experience 

in  pensions  and  retirement  planning,  including  most  recently 

as the Chief Executive of the Pensions Advisory Service. During 

her time there she significantly grew the number of customers 

and increased the channels offered, transforming the service to 

provide greater support on pension freedom legislation, pension 

scams  and  transfers  from  pension  schemes.  Michelle  was 

awarded a CBE in 2019 for her services to the pensions industry.

Mark  has  been  at  the  helm  of  several  financial  services  and 

association  of  British  Insurers,  Mary  brings  strong  governance 

technology  start-ups, 

including  Paternoster,  a  regulated 

values  to  the  Board,  a  strong  understanding  of  the  interaction 

insurance  company  which  he  founded  in  2005,  and  Digitalis 

between  public  and  private  sectors,  and  skills  in  strategic 

Reputation  Limited,  the  online  reputation  management 

decision-making and reputation management. 

Michelle started her career at a financial advice business where 

she became a shareholding Director prior to selling it to Aegon, 

and subsequently worked as a Strategy Director at Skandia/Old 

Mutual. Michelle is a qualified Pensions Actuary. 

company,  where  he  currently  serves  as  Chairman.  Mark  is  a 

qualified Chartered Accountant. 

57 Denotes the date of appointment to the Board of PensionBee Limited for Mark Wood CBE, Mary Francis CBE, Michelle Cracknell CBE, Romi Savova and Jonathan Lister Parsons, all of whom were subsequently appointed to the Board of 
PensionBee Group plc on 2 February 2021, with only Romi Savova and Jonathan Lister Parsons remaining Directors of PensionBee Limited. 

60

PensionBee Group plc 
 
 
Romi Savova
Chief Executive Officer 

(Executive Director) 

Committee Membership:  
Investment Committee, 

Nomination Committee 

Date of Appointment: December 201457

External Appointments:
Director, PensionBee Trustees Limited

Director, Seen on Screen

Jonathan Lister Parsons
Chief Technology Officer 

(Executive Director) 

Committee Membership:  
- 

Date of Appointment: January 201657

External Appointments:
Director, PensionBee Trustees Limited

Career and Experience:
Jonathan  Lister  Parsons  co-founded  PensionBee  with  Romi  in 

Career and Experience:
Romi Savova founded PensionBee in 2014 to simplify pension 

2014. In his role as the Chief Technology Officer, he is passionate 

about  bringing  customers’  pension  experience  into  the  21st 

Christoph J. Martin
Chief Financial Officer  

Date Joined PensionBee: July 2019

Career and Experience:
Christoph J. Martin is the Chief Financial Officer of PensionBee, 

having  joined  the  Company  in  2019.  He  is  Responsible  for 

financial reporting and business planning at PensionBee. 

Christoph  previously  worked  in  private  equity  investment 

at  Providence  Equity  Partners,  focusing  on  investments  in 

technology, media, telecommunications and education. Prior to 

that he worked in mergers and acquisitions, covering financial 

institutions at Morgan Stanley. Christoph holds a BSc in Business 

savings in the UK, following a difficult pension transfer experience 

century,  and  using  technology  to  transform  pension  transfer 

Administration from WU Vienna. 

of  her  own.  As  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  she  has  played  a 

processes  that  typically  take  months  to  a  five-minute  process 

pivotal  role  in  advancing  consumer  standards  in  the  pensions 

on a smartphone.

industry, from reducing transfer times to campaigning for the full 

abolition of exit fees. Romi is also a member of the government’s 

Jonathan  champions  a  tech-forward  culture  within  the 

Pensions Dashboards Programme Steering Group, which was set 

business, aiming to raise the level of technology literacy among 

up to advise on the delivery of pensions dashboards. 

employees,  and  creating  opportunities  for  people  to  develop 

technical  skills  as  they  move  through  different  roles  in  their 

Prior  to  founding  PensionBee,  Romi  worked  at  Goldman 

career at PensionBee.

Sachs,  Morgan  Stanley  and  Credit  Benchmark,  holding  varied 

roles  in  risk  management,  investment  banking  and  financial 

Prior  to  co-founding  PensionBee,  Jonathan  founded  a  digital 

technology.  Romi  received  an  MBA  from  Harvard  Business 

consultancy, Penrose, and worked at British Telecom. Jonathan 

School as a George F. Baker scholar and graduated summa cum 

holds an MSci in Experimental and Theoretical Physics from the 

laude from Emory University. 

University of Cambridge. 

 
 
 
 
Lisa Picardo
Chief Corporate Officer 

Date Joined PensionBee: 
March 2020

Clare Reilly
Chief Engagement Officer 

Date Joined PensionBee: 
January 2017

Adebola Haffner
Senior Legal Counsel 

Date Joined PensionBee: 
April 2021

Career and Experience:
Lisa  Picardo  is  the  Chief  Corporate  Officer  of  PensionBee,  having 

Career and Experience:
Clare  Reilly  is  the  Chief  Engagement  Officer  of  PensionBee  and 

joined the company in 2020. She leads the corporate development 

joined the company in 2017. Clare focuses on helping PensionBee 

of PensionBee, which included leading on the IPO and financing, and 

transform the pensions industry to better serve consumer needs, 

plays a broader management role across many aspects of the business.

playing  a  pivotal  role  in  launching  the  UK’s  first  Open  Banking  - 

pension integrations and one of the UK’s first mainstream fossil fuel 

Lisa  previously  worked  at  Morgan  Stanley  for  thirteen  years, 

free pensions.

with  the  first  seven  years  spent  in  the  European  Mergers  and 

Acquisitions department, where she gained extensive experience 

Clare  previously  worked  in  the  not-for-profit  sector,  in  Corporate 

working  on  many  large  and  complex  UK  public  transactions, 

Relations at Citizens Advice and Fellowship at the Royal Society of Arts. 

and  also  played  a  role  in  firm  management.  Lisa  then  joined  the 

Clare holds a BA Hons from University College London and an MSc 

Morgan Stanley Private Equity Fund, focused on investing in mid-

from the University of Oxford in Russian and East European Studies. 

market opportunities across sectors, with an interest in consumer-

facing  businesses.  In  2015  Lisa  founded  LITTLECIRCLE,  an  online 

retail platform for children’s fashion. Lisa holds a BSc in Economics 

from Bristol University.  

Career and Experience:
Adebola Haffner is the Senior Legal Counsel of PensionBee, having 

joined the company in April 2021. He is responsible for helping the 

company  meet  its  legal  and  regulatory  obligations,  managing  risk 

and  offering  strategic  legal  advice  to  the  Executive  Management 

team and Board.

Prior to joining PensionBee, Adebola was a Legal Counsel and member 

of the legal team at Transact for almost five years, dealing with a wide 

range  of  matters  including  product  development,  trusts,  pension 

death  benefit  processes  and  decision  making,  risk  management, 

compliance,  regulatory  matters,  corporate  and  commercial  legal 

issues. Adebola has also worked for a number of trust companies in the 

past including Capita Trust Company Ltd and ATU General Trust (BVI) 

Limited. Adebola holds a Law Degree, Masters in Law (LLM) and also 

holds the Society of Trust and Estate Practitioners designation. 

Matt Loft
Chief Design Officer 

Date Joined PensionBee: 
September 2015

Jasper Martens
Chief Marketing Officer 

Date Joined PensionBee: 
September 2015

Tess Nicholson
Chief Operating Officer 

Date Joined PensionBee: 
August 2015

Career and Experience:
Matt Loft is Chief Design Officer at PensionBee, having joined the 

company in 2015. He is responsible for the design and customer 

experience  of  PensionBee’s  products  and  the  company’s  visual 

brand,  bringing  over  eighteen  years  experience  in  designing 

customer-centric products.

Prior to joining PensionBee, Matt worked at design agencies and 

in-house for some of the UK’s largest companies and organisations, 

including The Money Advice Service, Legal & General, The Ministry 

of Justice, Oxford University and the V&A. 

Career and Experience:
Jasper Martens is the Chief Marketing Officer of PensionBee, having 

joined  the  company  in  2015.  He  is  responsible  for  product  and 

marketing across the business and brings extensive multichannel 

marketing  experience  to  PensionBee,  gathered  over  fifteen  years 

working in financial services and digital agencies.

Prior  to  joining  PensionBee,  Jasper  was  Head  of  Marketing  and 

Communications  at  small  business  insurance  provider,  Simply 

Business.  Before  moving  to  London,  Jasper  ran  his  own  online 

marketing agency which he founded in the Netherlands. 

Career and Experience:
Tess  Nicholson  is  the  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  PensionBee, 

having joined the company in 2015. She is responsible for a range 

of  operational  activities  across  the  business,  including  customer 

success, compliance and banking operations.

Tess  was  previously  Operations  Manager  and  UK  Commercial 

Manager  at  GO  Markets  UK  Trading  Limited  (formerly  Vantage 

FX  UK  Trading  Limited).  Tess  holds  a  BA  Hons  degree  in  Fashion 

Design with Communication from Birmingham City University and 

is  currently  studying  for  a  masters  in  Social  &  Political  Theory  at 
Birkbeck, University of London. 

3 Corporate Governance Statement

UK Corporate Governance Code Compliance Statement

The Company has applied all of the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) as 

they apply to it and has complied with all relevant provisions of the Code since its IPO in April 2021 

up and to the end of the year. 

Full details of the Code are available at www.frc.org.uk. Details explaining how the Company has 

applied the principles of the Code can be found throughout the Annual Report. 

Role of the Board 

In accordance with the Code, the role of the Board is to promote the long-term sustainable success 

of the Company, generating value for shareholders and contributing to wider society. The Board 

of  PensionBee  considers  how  to  promote  the  success  of  the  Company  giving  due  regard  to  all 

its  stakeholders,  including  shareholders  and  employees.  As  such,  the  Board  participates  in  direct 

engagement with certain stakeholder groups and engagement is reported to the Board to inform 

the decision making and business outcomes. 

The  Board  provides  overall  leadership,  setting  the  Company’s  purpose,  values  and  strategy, 

supporting the Executive Directors and the broader Executive Management team in the delivery 

of  that  strategy.  The  Board  ensures  that  the  Company  has  necessary  resources  in  place  to  meet 

its objectives, measuring performance against them, and that it operates a framework of effective 

controls, enabling risk to be appropriately managed. 

Further  information  on  the  Company’s  vision,  values,  strategy,  risk  management  framework  and 

engagement  with  stakeholders  can  be  found  in  the  About  Us,  Strategy,  Managing  our  Risks  and 

Stakeholders sections of the Strategic Report. 

Matters Reserved for the Board

 •
 •
 •
 •
 •
 •
 •
 •
 •
 •
 •

Responsibility for leadership, purpose, values and standards, monitoring progress against each

Approving annually a strategic plan and objectives

Approving operating and capital expenditure budgets and any material changes to them 

Approving changes relating to capital and corporate structure

Approving the financial results including the annual accounts, interim and preliminary results

Approving the Group’s risk management and treasury policies 

Approving major capital projects, investments or contracts in excess of the delegated amount

Approving changes to the structure, size and composition of the Board

Ensuring a satisfactory dialogue with shareholders

Ensuring the maintenance of a sound system of internal control and risk management

Maintaining oversight of whistleblowing arrangements 

A copy of the ‘Schedule of Matters Reserved for the Board’ can be found on the Company’s website 

on the ‘Corporate governance’ tab at: https://www.pensionbee.com/investor-relations/esg.

Board Committees

The  Board  has  delegated  a  number  of  its  responsibilities  to  the  Audit  and  RIsk  Committee,  the 

Nomination  Committee,  the  Investment  Committee  and  the  Remuneration  Committee.  Each  of 

these Committees has a terms of reference document, which is reviewed annually by the Board and 

Committees respectively to ensure that they remain appropriate to support effective governance. 

Details of the role, composition and activities of each Committee during the year are set out in their 

respective reports on the following pages within this Corporate Governance Report.

A copy of the Terms of Reference for each of the Board Committees can be found on the Company’s 

website on the ‘Corporate governance’ tab at: https://www.pensionbee.com/investor-relations/esg.

The Operation of Board & Committee Meetings

The  Board  operates  a  policy  of  matters  reserved  for  its  collective  decision,  which  includes  items 

that are material to delivering on the Company’s strategy and purpose, including strategic issues, 

structure  and  capital,  financial  reporting  &  controls,  material  agreements,  communications  with 

shareholders,  board  appointments  and  remuneration,  risk  assessment  and  internal  controls  and 

corporate governance. These matters include, but are not limited to:

The Board generally aims to meet up to twenty times per year across the Board and Committees, 

with  each  meeting’s  activity  being  planned  ahead  of  time,  and  set  out  in  a  formal  Annual  Board 

Activity Calendar, which is approved by the Board. The Board and Committee meetings are generally 

planned around key events in the corporate calendar, which ensures that the Board then receives 

appropriate information at the appropriate time, and that all key operational, financial reporting and 

governance matters are discussed during the year. 

63

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021With respect to Board and Committee meetings, the Chair, the Chief Executive Officer (‘CEO’), the 

relevant  Executive  Management  sponsor  and  the  Company  Secretary  set  the  Board’s  agenda, 

ensuring that there is sufficient focus on strategy, performance, value creation, culture, stakeholders 

and accountability. A detailed pack is prepared and circulated in advance of each meeting which 

includes updates from the CEO, the Chief Financial Officer (‘CFO’) and other Executive Management 

team members. The Company Secretary also prepares a report every quarter for Board meetings, 

covering matters including the latest governance and company law updates.

Roles and Responsibilities

The Code requires there to be a clear division of responsibilities between the Chair and the CEO, set 

out in writing and agreed by the Board. The Board feels that it is important to highlight that although 

they  agree  with  the  approach  set  out  in  the  Code,  they  recognise  that  overly  prescribing  the 

responsibilities of the Chair and the CEO may reduce flexibility to act in unforeseen circumstances. 

Accordingly,  the  document  sets  out  a  clear  division  of  responsibilities,  but  does  not  intend  to 

provide a definitive list of the individual responsibilities of the Chair or the CEO.

A  copy  of  the  ‘Division  of  Matters  between  Chair  and  Chief  Executive’  can  be  found  on  the 

Company’s  website  on  the  ‘Corporate  governance’  tab  at:  https://www.pensionbee.com/

investor-relations/esg. 

Role of the Chair 

The Chair (Mark Wood CBE) is independent and is responsible for leadership of the Board and for 

ensuring its overall effectiveness in directing the Company and in all aspects of its role, including 

the satisfaction of its legal, regulatory and shareholder responsibilities, and promoting the highest 

standards of integrity, probity and corporate governance. The Chair has responsibilities relating to 

Board meetings, Board composition, induction and performance evaluation processes and relations 

with shareholders and other stakeholders. At appropriate intervals during the year, the Chair holds 

meetings  with  the  Non-Executive  Directors  without  the  Executive  Directors  present  in  order  to 

facilitate a full and frank discussion.

Role of the Chief Executive Officer 

The Chief Executive Officer (Romi Savova) leads the team with executive responsibility for running 

the  businesses  of  the  Group.  The  CEO  reports  to  the  Board,  and  is  responsible  for  all  executive 

management matters of the Group.

Role of the Non-Executive Directors 

The Non-Executive Directors (Mary Francis CBE and Michelle Cracknell CBE) are both independent, 

provide  constructive  challenge,  strategic  guidance,  offering  specialist  advice  and  holding 

management  to  account,  given  their  experience  in  both  executive  and  non-executive  roles 

throughout  their  careers.  The  Non-Executive  Directors  also  contribute  to  the  identification  of 
principal business risks and the determination of risk appetite and monitoring of the internal control 
framework. They provide independent judgement to the Board and also monitor compliance with 
the regulatory principles and requirements. 

Michelle  Cracknell  CBE  is  a  qualified  actuary  with  30  years’  experience  in  financial  services  and 
more  than  13  years’  experience  as  a  Board  Director,  including  five  years’  experience  as  an  Audit 
Committee Chair. Mary Francis CBE has extensive and diverse board-level experience across a range 
of industries and has also held senior executive positions. Further details are provided in the ‘Board 
of Directors and Executive Management’ section of this Corporate Governance Report.

Role of the Senior Independent Director

The Code requires that the Board should appoint one of the independent Non-Executive Directors 
to  be  the  Senior  Independent  Director,  providing  a  sounding  board  for  the  Chair  and  serving 
as  an  intermediary  for  the  other  Directors  and  shareholders  if  they  have  concerns  that  have  not 
been resolved through the normal channels of the Chair or the Chief Executive. Led by the Senior 
Independent  Director,  the  Non-Executives  meet  without  the  Chair  present  at  least  annually  to 
appraise the Chair’s performance, and on other occasions as necessary. Mary Francis CBE has been 
appointed as Senior Independent Director.

A copy of the ‘Role of the Senior Independent Director’ can be found on the Company’s website on 
the ‘Corporate governance’ tab at: https://www.pensionbee.com/investor-relations/esg.

Company Secretary

Prism Cosec was appointed as the Company Secretary on 19 March 2021. The Company Secretary 
supports the Board and each of the four Board committees and is in attendance at all meetings. All 
Directors have access to the services of the Company Secretary, who is available to advise on matters 
including company law, governance and best practice, whilst assisting the Board in ensuring that the 
correct policies, processes and information are tabled for discussion, noting or recording approval 
at the correct point in time throughout the year. The Company Secretary works with members of 
the Executive Management team and the respective Chairs of the Board and Committees to ensure 
that Board meeting packs are circulated to Directors in a timely manner and that the information 
contained in them is clear and accurate.  

64

PensionBee Group plcComposition, Independence and Attendance in 2021

Key Activities During The Year

During the year, from the time of the IPO onwards, the Board comprised five directors (including the 
Chairman).  Having  considered  circumstances  which  are  likely  to  impair  a  Non-Executive  Director's 
independence, it was determined that all of the Non-Executive Directors continued to be independent. 
The Company has therefore complied with Provision 11 of the Code since IPO, with at least half of the 
Board (excluding the Chairman) being composed of independent Non-Executive Directors.

During the course of 2021, the Board has had twelve formally scheduled meetings, with additional 
ad hoc meetings or calls convened to deal with various matters in between. Meetings were held via 
video conference to ensure attendance and inclusivity. The Executive Management team were also 
frequently present at Board and Committee meetings, together with other advisors as appropriate. 
The table below shows the attendance of each Director at the formal scheduled meetings of the 

Board and Committees of which they are a member:

The  annual  Board  Activity  Calendar  setting  out  agenda  items  for  each  scheduled  Board  and 
Committee  meeting  is  approved  by  the  Board  each  year.  The  calendar  takes  into  account  key 
points  in  the  regulatory  and  financial  cycle,  and  includes  regular  business,  corporate,  investor 
and  employee  updates  from  the  CEO  and  Chief  Corporate  Officer  (‘CCO’),  regular  updates  on 
the financial performance and business planning from the CFO and updates on governance and 
company law matters from the Company Secretary. In addition, the Board has received updates 

from  other  members  of  the  Executive  Management  team  and  from  external  advisors  where 

appropriate.

During  the  year  and  in  the  early  parts  of  2022,  the  Board  has,  as  part  of  its  annual  governance 

programme:

 • Reviewed and approved the budget and financial strategy for FY2022.
 • Reviewed its Schedule of Matters Reserved for the Board and the Terms of Reference for each of 

Board 

Audit and Risk 

Remuneration 

Nomination 

Investment  

the Board Committees.

Director 

Meetings 

Committees 

Committee 

Committee 

Committee 

Eligible/ 

Attended 

Eligible/ 

Eligible/ 

Eligible/ 

Eligible/ 

Attended

Attended 

Attended

Attended

Mark Wood CBE

Mary Francis CBE

12/12

12/12

Michelle Cracknell CBE 

12/12

Romi Savova

12/12

Jonathan Lister Parsons 

12/12

-

6/6

6/6

-

-

3/3

3/3

3/3

-

-

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

-

3/4

4/4

4/4

3/4

-

The Non-Executive Directors are committed to devoting adequate time to the business to discharge 
their responsibilities effectively. As set out in their appointment letters the Non-Executive Directors 
are required to attend scheduled Board and Committee meetings, and to become more involved 
for  periodic  special  activities  if  required.  They  must  advise  the  Board  of  any  changes  to  existing 
commitments or new commitments that may have implications on their ability to commit sufficient 
time to their duties.

 • Reviewed  various  other  governance  documents,  including  the  Division  of  Responsibilities 

between the Chair and Chief Executive.

 • Reviewed and approved the half-year and full-year financial statements and the quarterly trading 

updates.

 • Received updates on the workforce and workforce engagement.

Information and Support 

Agendas  and  accompanying  papers  are  distributed  to  the  Board  and  Committee  members  in 

advance  of  each  Board  or  Committee  meeting.  Where  necessary,  separate  papers  are  prepared 

to support specific matters requiring Board decision or approval and the Non-Executives provide 

ongoing feedback to the CEO, CCO and Company Secretary on the content of papers to ensure they 

continue to support effective debate and decision-making by the Board.

Minutes of all Board and Committee meetings are taken by the Company Secretary and circulated 

to  the  Board  for  approval  as  soon  as  practicable  following  the  meetings.  Specific  actions  arising 

for  meetings  are  recorded  both  in  the  minutes  and  on  a  separate  tracker,  thereby  facilitating 

the  effective  communication  of  actions  to  those  responsible  and  allowing  the  Board  to  monitor 

progress.

Where Directors are unable to attend a meeting, they are encouraged to submit any comments on 
papers or matters to be discussed to the Chair in advance to ensure that their views are recorded 
and taken into account during the meeting. 

Any  Director  may  instigate  an  agreed  procedure  whereby  independent  professional  advice 

reasonably  necessary  to  enable  them  to  carry  out  their  duties  may  be  sought  at  the  Company’s 

expense. No such advice was sought by any Director during the year.

65

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Training and Development 

Current Service Contracts and Terms of Engagement

Directors are enrolled in mandatory training including compliance training, annual Senior Managers 

All of the Directors have service agreements or letters of appointment, details of which are set out below.

and  Certification  Regime  training  and  diversity  &  inclusion  training.  This  year  Directors  have  also 

undertaken  sessions  provided  by  external  providers  in  respect  of  Directors’  Responsibilities  and 

Executive Directors

Obligations, Listing Rules and Disclosure & Transparency Rules. 

A  full,  formal  and  tailored  Board  induction  programme,  which  includes  training,  has  also  been 

developed to provide for any new Directors joining the Board, as further described in the Nomination 

Committee Report. 

Name (Position)

Date of Service 

Notice Period by 

Agreement 

Company (months)

Notice period 

by Director 

(months)

Romi Savova (CEO)

16 March 2021 

6 months

6 months

The Company Secretary also provides regular updates to the Board and Committees on regulatory 

and corporate governance and company law matters. 

Jonathan Lister Parsons (CTO) 

16 March 2021 

6 months

6 months

Board Evaluation and Effectiveness

Non-Executive Directors

At  the  end  of  the  year,  a  formal  and  rigorous  internal  performance  evaluation  was  conducted  in 

Name

respect of the Board and each of its Committees, covering processes that underpin the Board and 

Committee  effectiveness,  Board  and  Committee  constitution  and  commitment,  Board  dynamics, 

Date of 

Notice Period by 

Appointment 

Company (months)

Notice Period 

by Director 

(months)

culture,  values  and  strategy  and  stakeholder  oversight.  The  evaluations  were  conducted  by  way 

Mark Wood CBE

2 February 2021

3 months

3 months

of  questionnaires  for  each  Director  to  complete,  with  responses  provided  to  the  Chair  and  the 

Company Secretary, followed by further calls with the individual Directors and the Chair. A summary 

Mary Francis CBE

2 February 2021

3 months

3 months

of the responses was provided and discussed at the Board’s meeting in November 2021. 

The results of the Board evaluation indicated strong performance and effectiveness of the Board and 

Michelle Cracknell CBE

2 February 2021

3 months

3 months

Committees. There were a number of areas where there was strong agreement across the whole Board 

The Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) do not have service contracts, but are instead 

and in particular, the Board dynamics was identified as a real area of strength. Themes that surfaced 

appointed by letters of appointment. Each appointment is for a fixed term ending on the Company’s 

and resulting actions that have been identified will form a development plan for the following year. 

third  annual  general  meeting  following  the  Company’s  listing,  but  each  Independent  Non-

The Chair’s performance was also discussed by the other Non-Executive Directors, led by the Senior 

appointment is subject to annual re-election by the Company at each annual general meeting, and 

Independent Director, and feedback was subsequently relayed to the Chair.  

each  Non-Executive  Director’s  appointment  may  be  terminated  at  any  time  with  three  months’ 

Executive Director may be invited by the Company to serve for a further period. In any event, each 

Appointment and Election

written notice.

Conflicts of Interest

Following  the  Board  and  Committee  performance  evaluation  conducted  at  the  end  of  2021,  the 

Board has confirmed that it considers all Directors to be effective, committed to their roles and to 

Rules concerning Directors’ conflicts of interests are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association. 

have sufficient time to perform their duties. 

All other significant commitments and potential conflicts of interest which a Director may have are 

required  to  be  disclosed  both  before  appointment  and  on  an  ongoing  basis,  and  arrangements 

In  accordance  with  the  Company’s  Articles  of  Association,  all  the  Directors  will  be  standing 

would be put in place, as and when it is considered appropriate, to manage conflicts, including any 

for  appointment  by  Shareholders  at  the  Company’s  first  Annual  General  Meeting  since  their 

which result from significant shareholdings. All Directors are generally asked to confirm that they do 

appointment as Directors, to give shareholders the opportunity to confirm this.

not have any conflicts of interest at the beginning of each Board and Committee meeting.

66

PensionBee Group plcWhistleblowing

The  Company’s  Whistleblowing  Policy  outlines  the  Company’s  approach  to  whistleblowing.  The 
policy recognises that whistleblowing is an important activity that helps firms to learn about and 
resolve  problems  before  they  escalate  further.  Whistleblowing  also  helps  the  FCA  regulate  the 
financial  services  sector  and  information  provided  by  whistleblowers  has  contributed  to  fines, 
permissions changes and other interventions. The aim of the policy is to ensure the Company has 
a  fit-for-purpose  whistleblowing  procedure  that  encourages  employees  to  come  forward  with 
disclosures without fear of reprisal. The Company’s whistleblowing champion is Michelle Cracknell 
CBE, Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Stakeholder Engagement

The Directors recognise their duty under Section 172 of the Companies Act to consider the interests 
of stakeholders, and the nature of our business means that the interests of our stakeholders (including 
customers, employees, suppliers, shareholders, our communities, government and regulators and 
our planet) are front of mind in the Board’s decision-making process. Further information relating 
to how we engage with our stakeholders, together with the Section 172 Statement, are set out on 
pages 32 to 40 of the Stakeholders section of the Strategic Report.

Many of the stakeholder relationships are managed by the CEO and other members of the Executive 
Management  team,  with  regular  updates  provided  to  the  Board  and  Committees  as  appropriate 
throughout  the  year.  The  Chair  of  the  Board  or  Committees  will  offer  support  on  any  significant 
matters relating to their areas and direct engagement where appropriate. 

Employee Engagement 

The Board engaged with the wider workforce during the year via existing channels and initiatives 

that  are  in  place  across  the  Company  to  ensure  that  our  employees  are  listened  to  and  well 

represented, including:

 • Weekly all-Company Show & Tell meetings with CEO and Executive Management team. 
 • ‘Happiness!’ meetings for employees to discuss their wellbeing with their manager bi-monthly.
 • Annual  Diversity,  Inclusion  and  Engagement  survey  of  all  employees  to  seek  feedback  and 

measure progress. 

 • Annual manager feedback survey. 
 • Anonymous channels for colleagues to submit any requests, concerns, issues they may have.  
 • ‘Diversity Champions’ appointed with the aim of helping represent employees and to promote 

diversity and inclusion within the company.

 • Qualified Mental Health First Aiders, trained to provide mental health support to our colleagues.
 • Workforce engagement events with the Board.

During  the  course  of  last  year,  we  were  pleased  to  have  initiated  ‘Town  Hall’  meetings  for  all 

employees  to  have  the  opportunity  to  meet  and  engage  with  the  Board,  addressing  employees’ 

queries and concerns. Mary Francis CBE, our Senior Independent Director and the director responsible  

for employee engagement, hosted our 2021 employee engagement event, facilitating discussion on 

themes suggested by and voted for by employees. All our events and meetings are hosted online in 

order to maximise participation and inclusion. We also appointed a Head of Culture, Inclusion and 

Wellbeing to lead a new program focused on the enhancement of our values-based culture.

The  Board  was  kept  apprised  of  employee  matters  and  engagement  through  regular  updates 

provided by the SID, the CEO and other members of the Executive Management team at Board and 

Committee meetings. 

Further information relating to how we engage with our employees is set out on pages 32 to 40 of 

the Stakeholders section of the Strategic Report.

Relations with Shareholders

The Board is committed to proactive and constructive engagement with the Company’s shareholders 
and  is  keen  to  ensure  that  shareholder  views  are  well-understood.  The  Company’s  shareholders 
include many of our customers who became shareholders at the time of the IPO, together with our 
employees who are, or will become, shareholders in PensionBee. 

Investor  relations  is  managed  by  the  CEO,  CFO  and  the  CCO,  who  regularly  drive  shareholder 
and  analyst  engagement.  Virtual  one-to-one  investor  meetings  and  roadshows  are  structured 
around the regular communication of financial and operational results, including quarterly trading 
statements and presentations to investors and analysts, with recordings being made available on 
the Company’s website. Regular engagement aims to ensure that both shareholders and sell-side 
analysts understand the Company’s investment case, strategy and performance. 

Regular updates are provided to the Board so that they are well-informed of views on a variety of 
topics, such as financial performance and governance, that are expressed. Feedback from external 
advisors  to  the  Company,  including  its  corporate  brokers  and  press  agency,  who  are  actively 
engaged  with  the  investor  and  analyst  communities  is  also  given  regularly.  Further  information 
relating to how we engage with our shareholders is set out on pages 32 to 40 of the Stakeholders 
section of the Strategic Report.

Going Concern and Viability Statement

The Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over a period that exceeds the 12 months 
required  by  the  going  concern  provision.  Details  of  that  assessment  are  set  out  in  the  ‘Viability 
Statement’ on page 56 of the Strategic Report. 

67

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Annual General Meeting

The  Board  looks  forward  to  welcoming  shareholders  to  the  Company’s  first  Annual  General 
Meeting,  which  will  be  held  on  18  May  2022.  The  Notice  of  the  AGM  will  be  distributed  to 
Shareholders  and  made  available  on  the  Company’s  website,  and  where  appropriate,  by  an 
announcement via a Regulatory Information Service, if any changes are required to be made to 
the AGM arrangements.

The hybrid format of our AGM will give shareholders the opportunity to participate virtually in an 
inclusive way, providing the Board with an opportunity to communicate directly with, and answer 
questions from, both retail and institutional shareholders. Shareholders will be able to view the AGM 
proceedings and ask questions online via a chat function. Further details will be set out in the Notice 
of the AGM. 

Mark Wood CBE
Chairman

13 April 2022

68

PensionBee Group plc4 Nomination Committee Report 

Mark Wood CBE 
Chair, PensionBee Nomination Committee

Dear Shareholder,

On  behalf  of  the  Board,  as  Chair  of  the  Nomination  Committee,  I  am  pleased  to  present  the 

Nomination Committee Report for the year ended 31 December 2021. This report is intended to 

provide shareholders with an insight into the areas considered by the Nomination Committee and 

nature of the work undertaken. 

It  has  been  a  particularly  busy  year  for  the  Company,  with  its  listing  on  the  Main  Market  of  the 

London Stock Exchange in April 2021. Following changes to the Board made in the run up to our 

listing,  the  Committee’s  focus  this  year  has  been  on  the  composition  of  the  Board,  the  Board’s 

Committees and the Executive Management team, together with succession planning and building 

Duties of the Nomination Committee

Regularly reviewing the structure, size and composition of the Board and recommending changes

Putting in place and reviewing Board and senior management succession plans and appointments 

Taking an active role in setting and meeting diversity objectives and strategies and monitoring 

the impact

Overseeing  the  hiring  and  evaluation  process  for  new  Directors  and  ensuring  they  receive  a  full, 

formal and tailored induction

Reviewing the leadership needs of the organisation with a view to ensuring the continued ability of 

the organisation to compete effectively in the marketplace

Reviewing the results of the Board evaluation process that relate to the composition of the Board 

and succession planning

Reviewing annually the time required from Non-Executive Directors

Committee Members and Attendance

Committee Member 

Position

Eligible Meetings

Attended Meetings 

out our Board and Committee evaluation process.

Mark Wood CBE

Chair of the Committee

Roles and Responsibilities 

The role of the Nomination Committee is set out in its terms of reference, which is available on the 

Company’s website. The duties of the Nomination Committee include, but are not limited to the 

following:

Mary Francis CBE 

Senior Independent Director 

Michelle Cracknell CBE  

Independent 

Non-Executive Director

Romi Savova 

Chief Executive Officer 

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

The  Nomination  Committee  must  comprise  not  less  than  three  Directors,  with  the  majority  of 

members being Non-Executive Directors who are independent.

Mark Wood CBE, Michelle Cracknell CBE, Mary Francis CBE and Romi Savova were members of the 

Nomination Committee from the time of the Company’s listing and as at 31 December 2021. Further 

biographical details are set out on pages 60 to 62 of the Board of Directors & Executive Management 

section of the Corporate Governance Report. 

69

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Meetings  are  held  at  least  twice  a  year  at  appropriate  times  and  otherwise  as  required.  The 

Committee met twice from the time of the IPO until 31 December 2021, with both meetings being 

held by video conference. In addition to the Committee members, other regular attendees included 

the CTO, the CCO and the COO. 

We  also  commenced  work  on  agreeing  the  formal  recruitment  process  for  an  additional  Non-
Executive Director, giving consideration to what the appropriate skills set and considerations around 
diversity  at  the  Board  level  should  be.  We  initiated  work  on  the  initial  elements  of  the  selection 
process, which more generally includes:

After each meeting the Chair of the Committee reports to the Board on the Committee’s proceedings 

in respect of all matters within its duties and responsibilities. 

Committee Key Activities

2021 Key Activities

Reviewing Board and management team updates

Reviewing Committee Terms of Reference

Reviewing Committee Work Plan for 2021 and approving Committee Program for 2022

Reviewing membership of Board and Committees 

Reviewing time commitment from Non-Executive Directors

Establishing the Board succession plan

Establishing the Board Evaluation process and completion of Committee evaluation process

Considering the Board Induction Programme

Board Composition and Recruitment 

Following  its  annual  review  of  Board  and  Committee  composition,  the  independence  of  Non-

Executive  Directors  and  their  time  commitment,  the  Nomination  Committee  confirmed  to  the 

Board that it remained satisfied that the balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge 

on the Board and Committees was appropriate.

This year the Nomination Committee considered the addition of a further Executive Director to the 

Board during the course of 2022.

70

 • The Committee agreeing the skill profile, knowledge and experience that are required.
 • Creating and approving the role specification.
 • Advertising the role externally on Workable, NED on Board and Dynamic Boards.  
 • In-house Talent team collating the potential candidates for review and the CEO and CCO reviewing 
the candidate profiles to create a shortlist of diverse candidates for the two-step interview process. 

 • First stage interviews with the CEO and the CCO. 
 • Second stage interviews with the Non-Executive members of the Committee. 
 • Selecting a preferred candidate and undertaking the compliance requirements of the Financial 

Conduct Authority’s Senior Managers and Certification Regime.

 • The Committee undertaking a final review of the preferred candidate (before making a decision 

to recommend one candidate to the Board for appointment). 

In March 2022, we concluded our process and made a recommendation for the appointment of an 
additional Non-Executive Director to the board in connection with the Company's expected transfer 
to the Premium Segment, at the same time as recommending the appointmnet of an additional 
Executive Director to the board in 2022.

Succession Planning

In  relation  to  succession  planning,  the  Nomination  Committee  created  a  succession  plan  for  the 
members of the Board, which primarily considered what would occur in the event of unexpected 
incapacity, given that there were no planned departures or retirements. 

Contingency plans and process steps were agreed with regards to the incapacity of either of the 
Executive Directors, with the approach dependant on the anticipated period of absence. 

It was agreed that if the Chairman of the Board was incapacitated, the Senior Independent Director 
would fill his position on an interim basis, and that if one of the Independent Non-Executive Directors 
was to become incapacitated, the other Non-Executive Director would cover the position of Chair of 
the Committees as required. If a Non-Executive became unable to perform their duties, the Company 
would  need  to  ensure  that  the  Independent  Director  majority  was  maintained,  and  as  such,  the 
Company would seek to appoint a recruitment specialist to assist with completing the recruitment 
process  expediently.  The  Company  considered  that  the  additional  appointment  of  another  Non-
Executive  Director  as  anticipated  in  2022  would  further  enhance  the  Board’s  ability  to  continue 
functioning effectively should an existing Non-Executive Director become unexpectedly unavailable. 
The Nomination Committee was satisfied that the appropriate contingency arrangements were in 
place in line with the Company’s risk appetite and agreed that it would look to further expand the 
succession plan in the coming year. 

PensionBee Group plc 
Board Evaluation

As part of the work of the Nomination Committee, a process for the Company’s first board evaluation 

post its listing was developed and agreed. A formal and rigorous internal performance evaluation 

was  designed  and  conducted  in  respect  of  the  Board  and  each  of  its  Committees,  covering 

processes that underpin the Board and Committee effectiveness, Board and Committee constitution 

and  commitment,  Board  dynamics,  culture,  values  and  strategy  and  stakeholder  oversight.  The 

evaluations were conducted by way of questionnaires, with responses provided to the Chair and the 

Company Secretary, followed by further calls with the individual Directors and the Chair. A summary 

of the responses was provided and discussed at the Board’s meeting in November 2021. 

The results of the Board evaluation indicated strong performance and effectiveness of the Board 

and  Committees.  There  were  a  number  of  areas  where  there  was  strong  agreement  across  the 

whole Board and in particular, the Board dynamics was identified as a real area of strength. Themes 

that surfaced and resulting actions that have been identified will form a development plan for the 

following year including: 

 • Views on the skills or knowledge an additional Non-Executive Director could bring to the Board.   
 • Ensuring a focus on diversity at a Board level to reflect the customer base.  
 • A desire to strengthen knowledge in the area of ESG. 
 • Horizon  scanning  as  part  of  the  Board  materials,  alongside  deep  dive  sessions  on  particular 

aspects of the business. 

 • Investor perceptions around the business. 
 • Continuing to receive concise Board papers plus other papers outside the Board cycle. 

The Nomination Committee will consider adopting an externally facilitated Board evaluation in due 

course, aligning with the UK Corporate Governance Code requirement for FTSE 350 companies to 

carry out an externally facilitated evaluation of the Board at least every three years.

Committee Evaluation

As part of the process set out above in ‘Board Evaluation’, in early 2022, the Nomination Committee 

undertook an assessment of its own effectiveness and was satisfied that it is operating effectively. 

Diversity & Inclusion

The  Board  believes  that  the  make-up  of  PensionBee’s  employees  should  reflect  the  diversity  of 
the  Company’s  customer  base.  The  Company  is  committed  to  promoting  diversity  and  inclusion 
across the business, through measures such as training, anonymised hiring and promotion cycles 
and  inclusion  in  the  Company’s  performance  matrices,  but  also  informally  through  its  ‘diversity 
champions’, external and internal speaker events and a host of other initiatives. 

The  Company  has  publicly  committed  to  public  targets  for  gender  and  race  and  is  working 
towards  becoming  a  ‘Disability  Confident’  employer.  The  Company  has  published  its  Diversity, 
Inclusion and Equality Policy with public targets for 2022, and continually measures its progress 
against these objectives. 

Appointments  to  the  Board  and  Committees  take  into  consideration  the  individuals  skills, 
knowledge and experience, and merit, but there is also a focus on promoting diversity among the 
Board & Committees so as to ensure the composition is appropriately balanced. We are also working 
towards increasing ethnic diversity at Board and Committee level.

This year, PensionBee achieved more than 50%58 female representation across its entire employee 
base, and 50% across its Board and Executive Management levels, satisfying the Hampton-Alexander 
Review requirement for at least 33% female representation.59 

Further detail is set out on pages 32 to 40 of the Stakeholders section and on pages 42 to 51 of the 
ESG Considerations section of the Strategic Report. 

Nomination Committee Priorities for 2022

For 2022, the Committee will focus its work around the recruitment and appointment of an additional 
Non-Executive  Director  and  the  addition  of  a  further  Executive  Director  to  the  Board  during  the 
course of 2022. The committee will also review the Board Succession plan, broadening it to cover 
the  Executive  Management  team  and  other  key  positions  within  the  Company  as  appropriate, 
considering any actions that need to be taken with respect to increasing diversity and supporting 
the growing business.

Appointment of Directors 

The Committee is satisfied with the Board's effectiveness and has recommended that all members 
of the Board be put forward for appointment at the 2022 Annual General Meeting.

Mark Wood CBE
Chair of the Nomination Committee

13 April 2022

58 Supported by PensionBee’s Diversity & Inclusion Survey, completed in June 2021.
59 As of 31 December 2021.

71

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20215 Investment  Committee Report 

Mark Wood CBE 
Chair, PensionBee Investment Committee

Dear Shareholder, 

Duties of the Investment Committee

Reviewing  the  available  range  of  product  options  for  customers,  including  in  accumulation  and 

decumulation

Reviewing the selection or change of plans and asset managers

Reviewing the choice architecture available to customers

Reviewing the pricing of each plan relative to peers

Reviewing the performance of each plan relative to peers

Reviewing the risk profile of each plan

On  behalf  of  the  Board,  as  Chair  of  the  Investment  Committee,  I  am  pleased  to  present  the 

Reviewing the processes around customer communication and support

Investment Committee Report for the financial year ending 31 December 2021. 

Reviewing the administration, service, and core financial transactions

The  report  is  intended  to  provide  shareholders  with  an  insight  into  the  areas  considered  by  the 

Reviewing the environmental, social and governance considerations

Investment Committee and nature of the work undertaken. 

Reviewing the retirement offering

The global pandemic has brought great economic uncertainty and more than ever our customers 

rely  on  our  plans  to  secure  good  retirement  outcomes.  The  Investment  Committee  takes  its 

responsibilities  very  seriously  and  has  spent  2021  fastidiously  monitoring  the  performance  and 

risk profiles of all our plans, to ensure they continue to offer our customers value for money in a 

changing market. Where a plan no longer offers value for money we act, like we did with the closure 

of the Match and Future World Plans in 2021.

As a Committee we have continued to hold our asset managers to account, to ensure they provide 

the highest levels of service and security for our customers. 

Finally,  we  are  pleased  to  have  overseen  ESG  integration  into  our  investment  range,  to  secure 

sustainable value for our customers, our society and our planet. 

Roles and Responsibilities 

Reviewing fund manager terms and performance, including service levels, breaches and changes 

to terms and conditions

Overseeing  the  selection  process  for  the  appointment  of,  and  ongoing  relationship  with,  the 

Governance Advisory Arrangement 

The Investment Committee assists the Board in discharging its oversight of PensionBee’s investment 

proposition.  The  Investment  Committee  is  responsible  for  reviewing  the  Company’s  product 

offering. This includes the range of options available to customers, the selection or change of asset 

managers, the pricing of the plans, as well as the performance and the risk profile of each plan. It also 

reviews the performance of fund managers. 

The Investment Committee also assists the Board by overseeing the relationship with the Governance 

Advisory Arrangement (which PensionBee appointed to assess the design and implementation of 

its investment pathways solution), including making recommendations to the Board regarding their 

appointment and removal, coordinating the tender process and approving their remuneration and 

The role of the Investment Committee is set out in its terms of reference, which is available on the 

Company’s  website.  The  duties  of  the  Investment  Committee  include,  but  are  not  limited  to  the 

terms of engagement.

following:

72

PensionBee Group plcCommittee Members and Attendance 

Monitoring fund manager performance 

Committee Members60 

Position

Eligible 

Attended 

Meetings

Meetings 

Assessing asset manager performance against the terms of our contract

Annual review of duties and responsibilities to report back to the Board 

Mark Wood CBE

Chair of the Committee 

Michelle Cracknell CBE

Independent Non-Executive Director

Mary Francis CBE

Romi Savova 

Senior Independent Director 

Chief Executive Officer 

4

4

4

4

3

4

4

3

The Investment Committee must comprise not less than three Directors, of which at least two must 
be Non-Executive Directors who are independent. 

SSGA / FTSE index error impacting Tracker Plan customers 

Reinstating all impacted customers whilst issue was investigated and resolved 

Reminding all our managers of their legal obligations and liability with regard to customer funds

ESG integration 

Expanding exclusionary screens on core plan range

Surveying customers to ensure our plans match their ESG views

Ensuring that all our plans can be screened 

Mark Wood CBE, Michelle Cracknell CBE, Mary Francis CBE and Romi Savova were members of the 
Investment Committee from the time of the Company’s listing and as at 31 December 2021. Further 
biographical details are set out on pages 60 to 62 of the Board of Directors & Executive Management 
section of the Corporate Governance Report. 

Committee Evaluation

Meetings are held at least three times a year at appropriate times and otherwise as required. The 
Committee met four times during the year to 31 December 2021, with all meetings being held by 
video  conference.  In  addition  to  the  Committee  members,  other  regular  attendees  included  the 
Chief Engagement Officer and other members of the Executive Management team. 

After each meeting the Chair of the Committee reports to the Board on the Committee’s proceedings 

in respect of all matters within its duties and responsibilities. 

Committee Key Activities 

2021 Key Activities

Ensuring our plans and plan range offer value for money 

2020 Value for Money Report 

Implementation of FCA’s Investment Pathways

Reviewing of Investment Pathway products

Comparing value across plans using AgeWage

Closing plans that no longer offer value for money 

In November 2021 our Board evaluation process included the work of the Investment Committee. 

Members strongly agreed that the Investment Committee has adequate oversight of the Group’s 

investment proposition and effectively reviews the fund managers’ performance. The Committee 

confirmed to the Board that it remains satisfied that the balance of skills, experience, independence 

and knowledge on the Board and Committees is appropriate. 

Investment Committee Priorities for 2022

For 2022, the Committee will focus its work around the 2021 Value for Money report, the Governance 

Advisory  Arrangement  report,  monitoring  fund  manager  performance,  further  exploration  of  the 

launch of a new impact plan, and ESG integration for 2023.  

Mark Wood CBE
Chair, Investment Committee

13 April 2022 

60 Joseph Suddaby resigned as a Director and the Chair of the Investment Committee in March 2021 ahead of 
the Company’s listing. He was eligible to attend 1 meeting in 2021 and was in attendance. Mark Wood CBE was 
appointed as Chair of the Investment Committee subsequently.

73

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20216 Audit and Risk Committee Report 

Michelle Cracknell CBE 
Chair, PensionBee Audit and Risk Committee

The role of the Audit and Risk Committee is set out in its terms of reference, which is available on 

the Company’s website. The duties of the Audit and Risk Committee include, but are not limited to: 

Role and Responsibilities

Dear Shareholder,

Duties of the Audit and Risk Committee

Monitoring  the  integrity  of  the  financial  statements  of  the  Group  and  reporting  to  the  Board  on 

significant financial reporting policies and judgements

Reviewing the content of the annual report and accounts and advising the Board on whether it is 

fair, balanced and understandable

On behalf of the Board, as Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee, I am pleased to present the Audit 

Overseeing the relationship with the external auditor and making recommendations to the Board 

and Risk Committee Report for the year ended 31 December 2021.

The report highlights the work that has been performed over the year, and outlines how we have 

discharged the responsibilities delegated to the Committee by the Board. 

regarding the re-appointment of the external auditor

Reviewing and approving the annual audit plan

Assessing the external auditor’s independence and objectivity

Assisting the Board with the definition and execution of a risk management strategy, risk policies 

During the year the Audit and Risk Committee worked with professional advisors ahead of the listing 

and current risk exposure

on the London Stock Exchange to ensure the Group met the listing requirements and maintained a 

robust control environment for the future effectiveness of the business.

Over  the  year,  the  Committee  focused  on  its  key  responsibilities  with  assisting  the  Board  by 

overseeing the Group’s financial reporting, effectiveness of the financial control environment and 

providing oversight of the external auditor relationship and processes. The Committee also assessed 

the independence and objectivity of the external auditor. 

The  Committee  also  assists  the  Board  in  its  oversight  of  risk  within  the  Group.  It  has  a  particular 

Reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control system

Reviewing the adequacy and secuirty of the Company's whistleblowing arrangements and procedures 
relating to fraud, bribery and money laundering. 

Reporting to the Board after each meeting on all matters within the Committee’s duties and responsibilities 

Committee Members and Attendance

focus  on  monitoring  the  effectiveness  of,  and  improvements  being  made  to,  the  Group’s  risk 

Committee Member 

Position Eligible Meetings

Attended Meetings 

management  framework.  This  includes  the  documentation  and  communication  of  the  Group’s 

policies, the activities of the first and second line of defence in managing risks in accordance with the 

Michelle Cracknell CBE

Chair of the Committee

Group’s risk appetite and the external auditing activities with respect to regulatory and information 

Mary Francis CBE

Senior Independent Director 

6

6

6

6

security compliance. As is customary, the Board as a whole remains responsible for the Group’s risk 

management and strategy, and for determining an appropriate risk appetite.

Further information on the Committee’s activities is provided as follows.  

74

The Audit and Risk Committee must comprise not less than two Directors while the Group is considered 
a 'smaller company' per the UK Corporate Governance Code and subsequently three Directors, all of 
whom must be Non-Executive Directors who are independent. Where possible it should include at least 
one member of the Remuneration Committee and/or one Non-Executive Director responsible for risk.  

PensionBee Group plcMichelle Cracknell CBE and Mary Francis CBE were members of the Audit & Risk Committee for the 
year  to  31  December  2021.  Michelle  Cracknell  CBE  is  a  qualified  actuary  with  30  years’  experience 
in  financial  services  and  more  than  13  years’  experience  as  a  Board  Director,  including  five  years’ 
experience as an Audit and Risk Committee Chair. Further biographical details are set out on pages 60 
to 62 of the Board of Directors & Executive Management section of the Corporate Governance Report. 

Reviewing monthly risk updates that cover policy changes, second-line control activity and reported 

incidents

Overseeing onboarding of new policy management software

Overseeing external regulatory audit

Overseeing external information security audit and ISO 27001 certification

Meetings are held at least four times a year at appropriate times in the financial reporting and audit 
cycle,  and  otherwise  as  required.  The  Committee  met  six  times  during  2021  with  the  meetings 
being held by video conference. In addition to the Committee members other regular attendees 
included the Chairman, CEO, CTO, CFO, CCO and the Finance Director. The external auditor, Deloitte 
LLP, also attended on most occasions.

Approving the 2022 Risk Plan 

Financial Reporting

After each meeting the Chair of the Committee reports to the Board on the Committee’s proceedings 

Group Financial Statement Reporting

in respect of all matters within its duties and responsibilities. 

One of the core responsibilities of the Audit and Risk Committee is to ensure the integrity of the 

Committee Key Activities

2021 Key Activities

Financial Statements 

Reviewing the half-year reporting timeline 

Reviewing the interim report 

Reviewing the year-end financials 

Reviewing going concern and liquidity risk 

External Audit

Reviewing the management representation letter 

Reviewing the half-year audit programme and auditor report

Reviewing the full year audit programme and audit report 

Reviewing external audit effectiveness and recommending for re-appointment

Governance

Reviewing Audit and Risk Committee 2022 meeting calendar

Reviewing Financial Prospects and Procedures post-IPO recommendations 

Reviewing non-audit services policy 

Undertaking the Committee evaluation

Reviewing Committee terms of reference 

Considering UK Corporate Governance Code requirements 

Risk Management and Internal Controls 

Reviewing principal risks and uncertainties 

Reviewing overall internal controls and risk management systems

Reviewing whistleblowing and anti-bribery and corruption policy

financial statements of the Group. For the financial year, the Audit and Risk Committee:

 • Reviewed the Interim Report and Annual Report and recommended approval to the Board. 
 • Reviewed the completeness of the financial reporting disclosures. 
 • Reviewed the application and appropriateness of accounting policies. 
 • Reviewed the going concern assumption and viability statement. 

Significant Issues Considered by the Committee in Relation to the Financial Statements

Significant accounting policies and accounting judgements are identified by management and the 

external auditor and are reviewed and challenged by the Committee. The significant accounting 

policies and judgements considered by the Committee, and details of how they were addressed, in 

respect of the year ended 31 December 2021 are set out below: 

Areas for 

Consideration 

Committee Review and Conclusion 

Revenue Recognition The Committee considered the relevance, revenue streams and recognition 

criteria stipulated in the accounting standard. The Committee recommended 

the policy to the Board for approval. 

Share-based Payment The  Committee  considered  the  grant  date  fair  value,  vesting  conditions, 

initial recognition and subsequent measurement of share options as set out 

in the accounting standard. The Committee recommended the policy to the 

Board for approval. 

Research and 

Development

The Committee reviewed the current accounting treatment of Research and 

Development,  the  relevance,  and  whether  an  intangible  asset  should  be 

recognised. The Committee reviewed the policy and recommended it to the 

Board for approval. 

75

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Income Taxes 

The  Committee  considered  the  Group’s  tax  position  and  the  accounting 

standard requirements on recognition of a deferred tax asset. The Committee 

reviewed the policy and recommended it to the Board for approval.

Statements  to  ensure  its  consistency  with  the  information  reported  and  that  appropriate  weight 

has been given to both positive and negative aspects of the performance of the Group. 

Following its review, the Committee is satisfied that the Annual Report and Financial Statements 

Leases

The  Committee  reviewed  the  basis  of  accounting  for  all  types  of  leases;  

are fair, balanced and understandable and establish the context necessary to give shareholders and 

short term and long term, low value and high value leases. The Committee 

other stakeholders a balanced view between successes, opportunities, challenges and risks. 

recommended the policy to the Board for approval. 

FRS 102 for 

Due  to  practical  reporting  considerations,  the  Committee  reviewed  the 

PensionBee Group 

recommendation  for  reporting  under  different  accounting  frameworks 

plc standalone 

within the group. The Committee recommended the approval of adoption 

financial statements

of FRS 102 by PensionBee Group plc standalone accounts to the Board.

Going Concern and Viability Statement 

In addition to considering significant accounting policies and judgements, the Committee plays an 
important role in the production of the Annual Report and Financial Statements and Interim Results. 
This includes reviewing and challenging the assumptions that support the use of the going concern 
basis for the preparation of the financial statements and the statement given by the Directors as to 
the Group’s longer-term viability.

The  Committee  reviewed  detailed  management  analysis  elaborating  on  the  going  concern 
assumptions and the viability statement. This included the KPIs, profit and loss, cash flow, balance 
sheet and capital forecasts on a monthly basis. The Committee considered additional stress tests, 
including a sharp decline in equity markets, the worsening of conversion and lower transferred-in 
pension  pot  sizes,  all  of  which  could  potentially  be  caused  by  the  Coronavirus  pandemic,  Brexit, 
the Russian invasion of Ukraine and/or interest rate rises. Furthermore, the Committee considered 
management mitigating actions that could be taken in the stress scenarios and the strength of the 
Group’s capital position. 

After due consideration, the Committee recommended to the Board that it was appropriate for the 
Group to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements for the year and that based on the current information, the Directors could 
make the Viability Statement as shown on page 56 of the Strategic Report.

Fair, Balanced and Understandable

The Audit and Risk Committee supports the Board in ensuring that the Annual Report, taken as a 

whole, is fair, balanced and understandable. 

The Committee considers the procedure around the preparation and review of the Annual Report 

and  Financial  Statements.  It  considers  the  narrative  section  of  the  Annual  Report  and  Financial 

76

The  Directors’  statement  on  a  fair,  balanced  and  understandable  Annual  Report  and  Financial 

Statements is set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 104 of the Corporate 

Governance Report.

Risk Management Framework

The  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  is  responsible  for  monitoring  and  reviewing  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Group’s internal control and risk management systems. The Group’s systems of internal control and risk 
management are designed to identify, evaluate and manage risks. Through monitoring the effectiveness 
of its internal controls and risk management, the Committee is able to maintain a good understanding 
of principal risks, key emerging areas of risk and the Executive Team’s decision making process. 

In 2021, Adebola Haffner joined as Senior Legal Counsel following more than a decade of experience 
in financial services and carried out a general review of the Company’s Risk Management Policy and 
the risk framework and regularly engages with the Committee.

Principal Risks 

The Board has identified and set out the key risks that, if they were to materialise, could have an 
impact  on  the  Group’s  ability  to  meet  its  strategic  objectives.  These  risks  include  regulatory  risk, 
information  security  risk,  operational  risk,  market  risk  and  credit  risk  and  are  further  detailed  on 
pages 52 to 55 of the Managing our Risks section of the Strategic Report.

Risk Appetite

The Board is responsible for establishing the risk strategy and setting out the risk appetite. 

Based on an assessment of the impact of the risk, the Company has outlined its risk appetite for 
the occurrence of the risk. With respect to most risks, the Company’s risk appetite is low. The risk 
appetite is determined by the Company’s desire to keep financial losses and reputational damage 
arising from its principal risks as low as possible owing to the importance of allocating capital to 
growth and the Company’s desire to build trust in its services. The Company generally has a medium 
risk appetite where the risk arises as a function of the business model, for example the risks arising 
from fluctuations in investment markets. 

PensionBee Group plcMonthly Risk Reviews

The Board receives monthly updates including reports on any business areas which are, or should 
be, subject to further controls or additional measures to mitigate any new or changing risks that 
have  already  been  identified.  The  report  also  provides  an  overview  of  policy  updates,  incident 
reporting for the month and the nature of risks the Company is witnessing operationally. 

management  information,  reporting  obligations,  identification  of  risk,  risk  oversight,  business 
planning,  products  and  internal  governance.  The  Committee  was  informed  of  the  progress  and 
satisfactory  completion  of  the  initial  audit,  which  was  conducted  by  an  external  party.  Regular 
auditing activities will continue into 2022 and beyond.

Information Security and ISO 27001 Certification

The Monthly Risk Reviews detail the monitoring activities the second line of defence has undertaken 
during  the  month.  These  include  monthly  checking  of  key  financial  processes  related  to  the 
Company’s financial reporting activities, such as declarations of tax irregularities, capital adequacy 
calculations, related party transactions and incoming supplier due diligence. 

In early 2021, PensionBee was subject to an audit by a third party of its information security practices, 
resulting in the Company receiving ISO 27001 certification. PensionBee had previously received the 
Gold Standard in the IASME Governance Framework. PensionBee intends to continue completing 
the annual ISO 27001 recertification process. 

Overall,  the  monthly  risk  reviews,  combined  with  topics  raised  at  the  Committee  meetings, 
enable  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  to  effectively  oversee  the  Company’s  approach  to  risk 
management. 

Policy Management Software

External Audit

Deloitte is PensionBee’s external auditor, with 2021 being the fourth financial year to be audited by 
them. Kieren Cooper has fulfilled the role as lead audit partner for the 2021 year, having taken over 
from David Rozier who led the 2020 year audit. 

In  2021,  PensionBee  implemented  Clausematch,  a  policy  management,  regulatory  change  and 
compliance platform, as its main policy management software. Clausematch facilitates an auditable 
process for the review and dissemination of all of the Company’s policies. 

The Committee oversees the audit relationship with Deloitte. The Committee’s responsibilities are 
appointing,  reappointing  and  removing  the  external  auditor  and  overseeing  their  effectiveness, 
independence and objectivity. 

Internal Audit

The Company performs internal auditing activities according to a calendar overseen by the Audit 
and  Risk  Committee.  The  Company  employs  external  parties  to  provide  third  line  assurance  and 
these parties are appointed based on their sector expertise, for example, investment management, 
finance, compliance, regulation and information security expertise. The Audit and Risk Committee is 
kept up to date with the work of these parties.

The requirement for further audits will remain under consideration as part of the wider consideration 
of internal controls and risk management. The Company will conduct additional internal auditing 
activities when appropriate, where additional assurance is required or where there are considered 
to be risks.  

The  internal  auditing  activities  are  currently  coordinated  by  the  Risk  Management  team  and  the 
Company is satisfied that the Audit and Risk Committee can oversee the implementation of third line 
assurance and gain the required assurance over internal controls through the use of external parties.

External Regulatory Audit

During 2021, the Committee approved the reappointment of the auditor, the proposed audit fee 
and terms of engagement. The Committee also reviewed the audit plan presented by Deloitte. 
Following the initial appointment of Deloitte in 2020, and in consideration of PensionBee’s listing 
in 2021 and the requirement for public companies to re-tender their audit every ten years, it is 
expected the Company’s audit mandate will be re-tendered at the latest in 2031. 

External Auditor Effectiveness, Independence and Objectivity 

The Committee considered the effectiveness of the audit process and in early 2022, reviewed the 
FRC’s Audit Quality Inspection report and challenged Deloitte on the findings. Furthermore, the 
Committee conducted a performance review for the 2021 financial year, by seeking feedback 
from  Committee  members  and  the  Executive  Management  team  on  the  quality  of  the  audit 
team and the audit delivery as well as the challenges demonstrated by Deloitte in its work and 
interactions with management. The Committee was satisfied that the services provided by the 
external auditor met the required quality standards. 

The  Chair  of  the  Committee  has  regular  interactions  with  the  external  audit  partner  outside  of 
Committee meetings and without attendance of the management team. Furthermore, a meeting of 
the Committee members was also held with the auditors without the Executive Management team.

The  Group  began  the  regular  auditing  of  the  discharge  of  its  regulatory  obligations,  including 
the  Senior  Managers  and  Certification  Regime,  required  training,  administration  standards  and 

The  Committee  considered  the  independence  and  objectivity  of  the  external  auditor.  This 
consideration  was  done  for  both  the  audit  firm  and  the  audit  team.  This  was  based  on  the 

77

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021significance  of  the  audit  fees  from  PensionBee  on  the  total  revenue  generated  by  Deloitte, 
other  engagements  with  PensionBee  on  which  the  audit  team  members  are  involved  and  the 
relationship between the audit team members and management. The Committee also considered 
the Revised Ethical Standard compliance in light of non-audit services provided in 2021. Lastly, the 
Committee approved the Non-Audit Services Policy to ensure auditor independence, in particular 
requiring Committee approval for any potential non-audit services sought by management. 

Item

Other Assurance Services

Tax Structuring Services

Audit Related Services

Non-Audit Services Policy

Financial Statements Audit Services

Amount (£ 000)

633

167

42

128

The  Committee  reviewed  and  approved  the  non-audit  services  (‘NAS’)  policy  in  2021.  The  policy 
is  reviewed  annually  by  the  Committee  to  safeguard  the  ongoing  independence  of  the  external 
auditor and to ensure compliance with the FRC’s Ethical Standard. 

The Committee acknowledged the benefits that can be leveraged in using the external auditor for 
non-audit services due to their understanding of the business. In the circumstance where Deloitte 
is  engaged  to  provide  non-audit  services,  the  policy  governs  the  provision  of  these  services  and 
ensures they do not impair the external auditor’s independence and objectivity. 

Before proceeding with a non-audit service, the fee comparative to the audit, types of services, and 
external auditor independence are considered. The Committee’s approval has to be achieved before 
the external auditor is engaged to provide non-audit services. For permitted non-audit services that 
are deemed to not be material, the Committee has pre-approved the use of the external auditor for 
cumulative amounts totalling less than £50,000. The threshold up to £20,000 requires the approval 
of the CFO and/or the CEO. Non-audit fees within the  threshold of £20,001 to £50,000 require the 
approval of the CFO and CEO.

Non-audit fees paid to the external auditor should not exceed 70% or more of the average audit 

fees for three consecutive financial years starting from the IPO. The cap will become effective from 

April 2024, after the three year grace period as a public interest entity (‘PIE’) from the time of the IPO. 

The external auditor undertook non-audit work in relation to the IPO Reporting Accountant and Tax 

Structuring processes and was paid a total fee of £801k during the 2021 financial year which can be 

found in the table that follows. 

The Committee is satisfied that the external auditor’s independence has not been impaired by their 

provision of non-audit services. 

External Auditor Fee

An overview of the total fees paid to Deloitte are shown in the table that follows. 

Non-audit fees paid to the external auditor during the year exceeded audit fees by 558%. The non-

audit fees cap will become effective from April 2024 after the three year grace period as a PIE from 

the time of the IPO. Non-audit fees paid to the external auditor will not exceed 70% or more of the 

average audit fees for three consecutive financial years starting from the IPO.  

Details of the fees paid to Deloitte during the year are shown in Note 9 of the Financial Statements. 

Compliance,  Whistleblowing,  Anti-Bribery  and  Corruption  and  Financial 
Crime

The Group maintains a robust set of compliance policies that are documented and managed on the 

Clausematch platform.

Whistleblowing

The  Company’s  Whistleblowing  Policy  outlines  the  Company’s  approach  to  whistleblowing.  The 

policy recognises that whistleblowing is an important activity that helps firms to learn about and 

resolve problems before they escalate further. The aim of the policy is to ensure the Company has 

a  fit-for-purpose  whistleblowing  procedure  that  encourages  employees  to  come  forward  with 

disclosures without fear of reprisal. The Company’s whistleblowing champion is Michelle Cracknell 

CBE, Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Anti-Bribery and Corruption

The Company has a zero-tolerance for bribery and corrupt activities, as outlined in its Anti-Bribery 

and  Corruption  Policy.  The  aim  of  the  policy  is  to  help  PensionBee  uphold  all  laws  relating  to 

anti-bribery  and  corruption.  The  anti-bribery  policy  applies  to  all  Directors,  officers,  employees, 

consultants,  contractors,  interns,  or  any  other  person  or  persons  associated  with  the  Company 

(including third parties), no matter where they are located (within or outside of the UK). 

78

PensionBee Group plc 
Financial Crime

PensionBee  has  a  regulatory  and  legal  responsibility  to  assist  the  authorities  in  countering  the 

perpetration of financial crimes. Financial crimes include but are not limited to money laundering, 

terrorist financing and fraud. Financial crime is perpetrated by individuals and therefore this policy 

is closely linked to the Company’s Know Your Customer Policy. Fraud can lead to highly damaging 

outcomes for customers and is particularly relevant when transactions are being processed out of 

the PensionBee Personal Pension. Fraud risks are therefore also closely linked to the Transfer Out 

Policy and the Banking Policy, which covers the risks of making inaccurate payments. 

Audit and Risk Committee Priorities for 2022

For 2022, the key focuses for the Audit and Risk Committee are expected to include oversight of 

the external information security audit and the ISO 27001 re-certification process, a review of the 

Financial  Prospects  and  Procedures  with  consideration  to  the  recommendations  made  post  the 

Company’s listing, and a review of the documentation and reports as required in anticipation of the 

Company’s expected transfer to the Premium Segment.

Committee Evaluation

During  2021  an  internal  evaluation  of  the  Board  and  Committees  was  carried  out,  the  details  of 

which can be found on pages 69 to 71 of the Nomination Committee Report within the Corporate 

Governance  Report.  The  Committee  conducted  an  effectiveness  review  as  part  of  the  evaluation 

process  and  was  satisfied  that  the  Committee  composition  is  appropriate,  there  is  an  adequate 

balance  of  skills  and  experience,  and  the  Non-Executive  Directors  remained  independent.  The 

effectiveness review confirmed that the Committee is operating effectively. 

Michelle Cracknell CBE
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

13 April 2022

79

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20217 Directors’ Remuneration Report61 
Annual Statement by the Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

61

61 The Directors’ Remuneration Report that follows has been prepared in accordance with the Listing Rules, the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 and the Companies Act 2006.

Roles and Responsibilities 

Mary Francis CBE 
Chair, PensionBee Remuneration Committee

The role of the Remuneration Committee is set out in its terms of reference, which is available on 
the Company’s website. The duties of the Remuneration Committee include, but are not limited to 
the following:

Dear Shareholder,

I am pleased to present our first Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 

2021, which has been prepared by the Remuneration Committee and approved by the Board.

The Directors’ Remuneration Report comprises three sections:

 • This statement, being my annual report on the activities of the Remuneration Committee during 

the year.

 • The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’) which will be subject to a binding vote at the 

2022 Annual General Meeting ('AGM').

 • The Annual Report on Remuneration, which explains how the Directors have been rewarded in 
the period from IPO to end of the financial year and will be subject to an advisory vote at the 

AGM.

61 The Directors’ Remuneration Report that follows has been prepared in accordance with the Listing Rules, the 
Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 and the 
Companies Act 2006.

80

Duties of the Remuneration Committee

Determining the Company’s framework and policy for executive remuneration

Setting remuneration for all Executive Directors and reviewing remuneration for senior management

Reviewing  workforce  remuneration  and  related  policies  and  the  alignment  of  incentives  and 

rewards with culture

Considering  remuneration  arrangements  with  respect  to  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code 

requirements for clarity, simplicity, risk mitigation, predictability and proportionality

Committee Members and Attendance

Committee Members

Position

Mary Francis CBE

Chair of the Committee 

Michelle Cracknell CBE

Independent Non-Executive Director

Mark Wood CBE

Independent Non-Executive Chairman

Eligible 

Attended 

Meetings

Meetings 

3

3

3

3

3

3

The Remuneration Committee must comprise not less than three Directors, all of whom are Non-
Executive Directors who are independent. The Chair of the Remuneration Committee must not be 
the Chair of the Company, and should have served on a remuneration committee for at least 12 
months prior to being appointed.

Mary Francis CBE, Michelle Cracknell CBE and Mark Wood CBE were members of the Remuneration 
Committee from the time of the Company’s listing and as at 31 December 2021. Further biographical 
details are set out on pages 60 to 62 of the Board of Directors & Executive Management section of 
the Corporate Governance Report. 

PensionBee Group plc 
Meetings  are  held  at  least  twice  a  year  at  appropriate  times  and  otherwise  as  required.  The 
Committee met three times from the time of the IPO until 31 December 2021, with all meetings 
being held by video conference. 

direct reports will continue to be geared toward equity, which we consider to be appropriate for a 
Company that is investing for growth. 

The CEO, COO and CCO and other members of the Executive Management team attended meetings 
by  invitation  to  provide  valuable  input.  However,  no  member  of  management  plays  any  part  in 
determining his or her remuneration. 

After each meeting the Chair of the Committee reports to the Board on the Committee’s proceedings 

in respect of all matters within its duties and responsibilities.

Context of Remuneration

2021  was  a  pivotal  year  for  PensionBee  as  we  transitioned  from  private  to  listed  status.  The 
Remuneration  Committee  has  worked  hard  to  ensure  that  we  have  remuneration  arrangements 
that underpin our Company’s strategy and people needs, which are determined through rigorous 
governance, and which are transparent to our shareholders and stakeholders. 

PensionBee has achieved this development at the same time as navigating the challenges presented 
by the COVID-19 pandemic. I am pleased to say that the Company has not taken any Government 
financial assistance during this time and has continued to support its employees as they adjust to 
new ways of working.

As Remuneration Committee Chair, I am glad to talk with investors and their representatives at any 
time. I am also responsible for the Board’s engagement with employees, and the Committee takes 
careful account of remuneration developments across the Company as a whole. Further details on 
employee engagement and how we support our employees’ health and wellbeing are set out on 
pages 45 to 49 of the ESG Considerations section in the Strategic Report.

Company Policy Review

Before the IPO, we conducted a thorough review of the remuneration policy across the Company 
as  a  whole.  The  arrangements  in  place  provided  a  conservative  and  sound  starting  point,  with 
remuneration levels in line with, or in some cases below, equivalent market levels, and performance-
linked elements mainly in option awards. The Company’s need to conserve cash for investment and 
growth was thus very much respected.  We concluded that the policy going forward should be to 
ensure that rewards are fair with respect to both market and internal relativities, so that our Company 
can continue to recruit and retain high quality employees. This led us to approve increases in base 
salaries for 2021 at a number of levels across the Company; to introduce an annual performance-
based bonus scheme in line with market practice; and to formalise annual grants of restricted shares 
to incentivise long-term performance. The first such grants, with a performance underpin, will be 
made  during  2022.  In  total,  performance-related  remuneration  for  Executive  Directors  and  their 

The Company’s Remuneration Policy is underpinned by a philosophy that delivers on the Company’s 
duty of fairness to its:

 • Customers - Remuneration should maintain the appropriate culture that enables the Company 
to  do  what  is  best  for  its  customers.  It  is  important  that  remuneration  is  always  considered 
fair by the Company’s customers and that employees are motivated first and foremost by the 
Company’s  vision  to  live  in  a  world  where  everyone  can  look  forward  to  a  happy  retirement. 

 • Employees  -  Remuneration  should  recognise  that  the  time  commitment  and  level  of 
responsibility  tend  to  increase  with  seniority,  which  should  be  reflected  in  the  remuneration 
structure. Pay should not encourage any undue risk taking.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Following the review of remuneration across the business, we reviewed the more specific application 
for Executive Directors which forms the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy'). We are seeking 
shareholders’  approval  for  our  Directors’  Remuneration  Policy  at  the  2022  AGM,  for  a  three-year 
period. We will keep overall remuneration levels under careful review during this time within the 
parameters of the Policy, and we are confident that our approach will support the delivery of the 
Company’s key objectives during its initial years as a public company. 

The Policy is set out in detail on pages 83 to 93 but the main features include:

 • Below-market salaries, fixed for 2021 and 2022, noting that the bonus and restricted share awards 

are also set by reference to these salaries.

 • Pension alignment with the wider workforce.
 • Annual performance-related bonus of up to 100% of salary, with at least 75% of the bonus being 

deferred into shares.

 • A restricted share award of up to 125% of salary subject to performance underpin, vesting over 

3-5 years and with a post-vesting holding period until the fifth anniversary of grant.

 • Shareholding  guidelines  of  200%  of  salary  which  continue  to  apply  in  full  for  a  period  of  two 

years post the cessation of employment.

 • Comprehensive malus and clawback provisions.

81

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021  
Performance-Related Bonus Reward for 2021

Advisors

The annual bonus plan includes a mix of financial and non-financial performance measures.  Financial 
measures account for at least 50% of total payout, together with personal, strategic, operational and 
risk control measures. Similar factors provide an underpin to the annual awards under the restricted 
share plan. The Company is committed to delivering the best possible outcomes for our customers 
and the Committee considers the Company’s approach to risk management and other ESG factors 
when assessing the appropriateness of the out-turn both in terms of the assessment of personal 
performance and also the gateways to the bonus plan (and will also consider these factors under 
the Restricted Share Plan underpin).

The  Committee  appointed  FIT  Remuneration  Consultants  LLP  as  their  independent  advisor 
during the year following a competitive tender process. FIT advised on all aspects of our Directors’ 
Remuneration  Policy  and  practice  and  reviewed  remuneration  structures  against  corporate 
governance requirements. FIT is a member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and complies 
with its Code of Conduct which sets out guidelines to ensure that its advice is independent and free 
of undue influence. FIT carries out no other work for PensionBee or its subsidiaries. The Remuneration 
Committee is satisfied that the advice is objective and independent taking into account that during 
the year FIT was paid time-based fees of approximately £59,000 plus VAT.

As detailed on pages 24 to 28 of the Operating and Financial Review section of the Strategic Report, 
the  Company  delivered  strong  top  line  growth  across  its  core  performance  indicators,  including 
Assets  under  Administration  (£2.6bn),  Revenue  (£12.8m)  and  Invested  Customers  (117,000). 
Simultaneously, through appropriate cost discipline and technological investments in productivity, 
the  Company  demonstrated  increasing  operating  leverage  through  the  improvement  of  the 
EBITDA margin, reaffirming its expectation of profitability by the end of 2023. Overall, the Company 
met or exceeded the guidance given to the market at the time of the Initial Public Offering ('IPO'). 
These financial outcomes were achieved against a backdrop of strong customer satisfaction rates, 
as demonstrated by PensionBee’s Trustpilot score (Excellent), its app ratings (4.7 on average) and 
its Net Promoter Score (63 based on internal measurement)62, as well as effective risk management. 
While  the  number  of  Invested  Customers  grew  by  70%  and  in  line  with  the  Company’s  financial 
guidance  provided  at  the  time  of  the  IPO,  this  outturn  was  marginally  out  of  line  with  threshold 
internal forecasts, so that component of the bonus did not pay out. Overall, this led to a bonus out-
turn for the Executive Directors at 75% of maximum.

Having considered all these factors, the Committee confirmed the formulaic out-turn without the 
exercise of discretion.

Implementing the Policy for FY2022 

Committee Evaluation

During  2021,  an  internal  evaluation  of  the  Board  and  Committees  was  carried  out,  the  details  of 
which can be found on pages 69 to 71 of the Nomination Committee Report within the Corporate 
Governance Report. 

In early 2022, the Remuneration Committee undertook an assessment of its own effectiveness and 
was satisfied that it is operating effectively.

Conclusion

I  am  grateful  to  my  fellow  Directors  on  the  Committee,  Mark  Wood  CBE  and  Michelle  Cracknell 
CBE, for their hard work throughout 2021, and to the whole Executive Management team and our 
professional advisors for their support and input.  

We look forward to engaging with our shareholders and other stakeholders on an ongoing basis. I 
would welcome any feedback or comments on the Directors’ Remuneration Report more generally.
I will be available at the Annual General Meeting to answer any questions about the work of the 
Remuneration Committee for the year. 

As set out in the Prospectus, base salary for each of the Executive Directors will remain unchanged 
for 2022 (with a planned increase to £200,000 in 2023).  

Mary Francis CBE
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

13 April 2022

The first restricted share award under the Omnibus Plan was granted in March 2022 following the 
announcement of the results. 

The  annual  bonus  structure  will  remain  broadly  unchanged,  with  a  combination  of  financial 
performance measures accounting for 50% of the total and including Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA 
Margin,  together  with  personal  performance  (accounting  for  25%  of  the  total)  and  a  Customer 
Love Composite metric (also accounting for 25% of the total and including the equally weighted 
subcomponents of the Company’s Invested Customers, Trustpilot score, App Reviews, Complaints 
Ratio and Net Promoter Score). These metrics are considered to provide a balanced scorecard of the 
Executive Directors’ responsibilities to key stakeholders.

82

62 PensionBee’s externally measured NPS is 75. Source: Boring Money, 2022.

PensionBee Group plc 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the 'Policy') is submitted for approval at the 2022 Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’), and subject to shareholder approval will take binding effect from the close of that meeting. 

The Remuneration Committee intends that the new Policy will operate for three years. In drafting the Policy, the Committee was advised that each element of pay should include a cap. The included numbers are 

set to comply with this requirement and do not form an aspiration. 

The Policy was reviewed and approved by the Remuneration Committee. As part of the process input was collected from management and our external advisors. 

Objectives of the Policy

The proposed Directors’ Remuneration Policy, effective post shareholder approval from the date of the 2022 AGM, has been designed to meet the following objectives:

Clarity

Simplicity

Risk

 • The Policy is designed to be simple and support 

long-term, sustainable performance.

 • Our  arrangements  include  a  market  standard 
annual bonus and a single long-term incentive 

 • The  Policy  is  in  line  with  standard  UK  listed 
company  practice  and  is  well  understood  by 

plan.

 • The  details  of  each  are  clearly  set  out  in  our 

participants and shareholders alike. 

Policy. 

 • The  Policy  clearly  sets  out  the  limits  in  terms  of 
quantum, the performance measures which can 

be used and discretion which could be applied if 

appropriate. 

 • There  are  no  complex  or  artificial  structures 

required to deliver the Policy. 

 • Appropriate limits are set out in the Policy and within the respective plan rules. 
 • The Committee retains discretions to override formulaic outturns.
 • When considering performance measures and target ranges, the Committee will take account of 

the associated risks and liaise with the Audit and Risk Committee as necessary. 

 • The long-term nature of a large proportion of pay (through significant annual bonus deferral, 
post-vesting  holding  periods  and  post-cessation  shareholding  requirements)  encourages  a 

long-term, sustainable mindset. The use of restricted shares rather than more geared forms of 

long-term incentives also mitigates the risk of undue focus on those targets. 

 • Clawback and malus provisions are in place across all incentive plans.

Predictability

Proportionality

Alignment to Culture

 • The Policy contains appropriate caps in place for 

each component of pay. 

 • Incentive  outcomes  are  contingent  on 
successfully  meeting  stretching  performance 

 • The Policy encourages high performance delivery which is aligned to the culture within the 
business.  However,  this  performance  focus  is  always  considered  within  an  acceptable  risk 

 • The  potential  reward  outcomes  are  easily 
quantifiable  and  are  set  out  in  the  illustrations 

provided in the Policy.

 • Performance can be reviewed at regular intervals 
to  ensure  there  are  no  surprises  in  outcomes  at 

the end of the performance period.

targets which are aligned to the delivery of the 

profile. 

 • Overall pay levels are modest with base salaries below-market reflecting the pre-profit state 

of the Company’s evolution.

 • The measures used in the variable incentive plans reflect the KPIs of the business. 

Company’s strategy.

 • Performance  will  be  assessed  on  a  broad 
basis,  including  a  combination  of  financial 

and  operational  metrics.  The  use  of  different 

measures ensures there is no undue focus on a 

single metric which could be at the detriment 

of other stakeholders. 

 • The  Committee  retains  discretions  to  override 

formulaic outturns.

83

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors

The following table summarises each element of the remuneration policy for the Executive Directors, explaining how each element operates and links to the corporate strategy.  

Base Salary

Purpose

Operation

 • To recruit and retain high-calibre Executive Directors.
 • Recognise knowledge, skills and experience as well as reflect the scope and size of the role.
 • Normally reviewed annually in February (with any changes usually effective from May). An out of cycle review may be conducted if the Committee determines 

it is appropriate.

 • When setting base salaries, the Committee takes into account a number of factors including (but not limited to) skills and experience of the individual, the size 

and scope of the role, salary increases across the Group as well as salary levels for comparable roles in other similarly sized companies.

 • Currently salary levels are considerably below market levels reflecting the pre-profit state of the Company. The Company set out in the Prospectus a plan to 
increase the CEO and CTO's salaries to £200,000 from 2023 and then to review against benchmarks from 2024. This may lead to a higher level of increase than 

would normally be the case.

Maximum Potential Value

 • The maximum salary level is £500,000.
 • Salary increases are normally considered in relation to the wider salary increases across the Group, albeit recognising the unusually low starting position in the 

current remuneration policy.

 • Above workforce increases may be necessary in certain circumstances such as when there has been a change in role or responsibility or where, as was the case 

at IPO, an Executive Director has been appointed on an initial salary which is lower than the desired market positioning.

Performance Metrics

 • The current base salaries for the Executive Directors are set out on page 92.
 • Individual performance, as well as the performance of the Group, is taken into consideration as part of the annual review process.

Pension

Purpose

Operation

Maximum Potential Value

Performance Metrics

84

 • To provide cost-effective retirement benefits.
 • The Executive Directors may participate in the Company’s pension scheme or receive a cash allowance in lieu if HMRC caps apply.
 • Pension contributions and allowances are normally paid monthly and are not bonusable. 
 • The Company pension contributions to defined contribution retirement arrangements or cash allowances are capped at those of the wider workforce (currently 

5% of qualifying salary).

 • This applies to current and any future Executive Directors.
 • Not applicable.

PensionBee Group plc 
Benefits

Purpose

Operation

Maximum Potential Value

Performance Metrics

Annual Bonus

Purpose

Operation

Maximum Potential Value

Performance Metrics

 • To provide competitive, cost-effective benefits which help to recruit and retain Executive Directors.
 • Benefits may include various insurances such as life, disability, medical and other benefits provided more widely across the Group from time to time.
 • Other benefits, such as relocation expenses or expatriate arrangements may be provided as necessary.
 • Reasonable business-related expenses (including any tax thereon) will be reimbursed. 
 • The value of benefits will vary based on the cost to the Company of providing the benefits.
 • Not applicable.

 • To incentivise and reward for the delivery of suitably stretching annual corporate targets to align with shareholders’ and wider stakeholders’ interests.
 • The Annual Bonus is subject to performance measures and objectives set by the Committee for the financial year.
 • At the end of the performance period the Committee assesses the extent to which the performance targets have been achieved and approves the final 

outcome. 

 • At least 75% of any bonus earned will be deferred in shares, normally for a total of three years, with a third vesting and becoming exercisable in the first, 

second and third year respectively. 

 • Dividend equivalents may apply to the extent such deferred awards vest.
 • Malus and clawback provisions apply as set out on page 88.
 • Bonus awards are non-pensionable and are payable at the Committee’s discretion.
 • The annual bonus policy maximum is 100% of base salary. 
 • The target annual bonus opportunity is normally set at 50% of the maximum.
 • The threshold annual bonus opportunity is up to 25% of the maximum.
 • The Committee will determine the relevant measures and targets each year taking into account the key strategic objectives at that time.
 • Performance measures may include financial, strategic, operational, ESG, and/or personal objectives. 
 • At least 50% of the bonus will be linked to financial measures.
 • The Committee sets targets that are challenging, yet realistic in the context of the business environment at the time and by reference to internal business 
plans and external consensus. Targets are set to ensure there is an appropriate level of ambition associated with achieving the top end of the range but 

without encouraging inappropriate risk taking.

 • The performance measures for FY22 are set out on page 92.

85

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Long-Term Incentives

Purpose

Operation

Maximum Potential Value

Performance Metrics

All-Employee Share Plans

Purpose

Operation

Maximum Potential Value

Performance Metrics

Shareholding Requirements

Purpose

Operation

Maximum Potential Value

Performance Metrics

86

 • To incentivise and reward for the delivery of long-term performance and shareholder value creation.
 • To align with shareholders’ interests and to foster a long-term mindset.
 • An annual award of restricted shares under the 2021 PensionBee Group PLC Omnibus Plan which normally vest after a period of not less than three years 
(expected to be one-third on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of grant for Executive Directors) subject to continued employment and the 
achievement of a performance underpin. 

 • Vested awards are subject to a further holding period applying at least until the fifth anniversary of grant during which they may not ordinarily be sold (other 

than to pay relevant tax liabilities due).

 • Dividend equivalents may accrue over the period from grant until the later of vesting and the expiry of any holding period. 
 • Malus and clawback provisions apply as set out on page 88.
 • The maximum annual award is 125% of salary and the Committee expects to normally grant awards at this level to the Executive Directors.
 • The nature of restricted shares is that they are not based primarily on performance conditions, although the Committee will apply an underpin and may 
reduce vesting levels if overall performance is not considered to warrant the full vesting level having regard to financial performance, the development of the 
strategy and the management of risk and other ESG factors.

 • To encourage wider share ownership across all employees, including the Executive Directors.
 • To align with shareholders’ interests and to foster a long-term mindset.
 • The  Company  does  not  currently  intend  to  deploy  the  all-employee  share  plans.  Disclosure  around  the  plans  has  been  included  for  future  flexibility  as 

required.

 • Executive Directors may participate in all employee schemes on the same basis as other eligible employees.
 • This includes the Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) and the Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) which have been adopted but are not currently in operation.
 • Both  plans  have  standard  terms,  which  are  HMRC  approved  and  allow  participants  to  either  purchase  or  be  granted  shares  (SIP)  or  enter  into  a  savings 

contract (SAYE) in a tax-efficient manner. 

 • Limits are in line with those set by HMRC (or at a lower level if so determined by the Remuneration Committee).
 • Not applicable as per market standard.

 • To align with shareholders’ interests and to foster a long-term mindset.
 • Executive Directors will normally be expected to retain shares, net of sales to settle tax, until they have met the required shareholding. 
 • Progress towards the guideline will be reviewed by the Committee on an annual basis. 
 • In addition, Executive Directors are expected to hold shares after cessation of employment to the full value of the shareholding requirement (or the existing 

shareholding if lower at the time) for a period of two years.

 • The shareholding requirement for Executive Directors is 200% of base salary.

 • Not relevant.

PensionBee Group plcFees Policy for Chairman and Non-Executive Directors (the ‘NEDs’)

The following table summarises the fees policy for the Chairman and the NEDs.

Fees

Purpose

Operation

 • To provide a competitive fee to attract NEDs who have the requisite skills and experience to oversee the implementation of the Company’s strategy.
 • Fees for the Chairman are set by the Committee (with the Chairman himself absent from such discussion). 
 • Fees for the other NEDs are set by the Board excluding the NEDs.
 • Fees are reviewed, but not necessarily increased, annually. Fee increases are normally effective from May.
 • Fee levels are determined based on an estimate of the expected time commitments of each role and by reference to comparable fee levels in other companies 

of a similar size and complexity. 

 • Additional fees are payable to the Senior Independent Director and Chairs of the Audit and Remuneration Committees to reflect their additional responsibilities. 

The Employee Engagement Lead will also be eligible for an additional fee. 

 • Higher fees may be paid to a NED should they be required to assume executive duties on a temporary basis.
 • The NEDs and the Chairman are not eligible to receive benefits or incentive plans. Business expenses incurred in respect of their duties (including any tax 

thereon) are reimbursed.  

Maximum Potential Value

Performance Metrics

 • Determined within the overall aggregate annual limit of £1m.
 • Not eligible to participate in any performance-related elements of remuneration.

Pension

Purpose

Operation

Maximum Potential Value

Performance Metrics

 • To provide cost-effective retirement benefits.
 • The NEDs may participate in the Company’s pension scheme given its central role in the activities of the Company.  
 • Pension contributions and allowances are normally paid monthly.
 • The Company pension contributions to defined contribution retirement arrangements or cash allowances are capped at that of the wider workforce (currently 

5% of qualifying fees).

 • This applies to current and any future NEDs.
 • Not applicable.

87

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Discretions Retained by the Committee in Operating the Incentive Plans 

The Committee administers the Omnibus Plan in line with its rules and in accordance with HMRC 
and Listing rules where relevant. To ensure the efficient operation of these plans, the Committee 
may apply certain discretions which include (but are not limited to) the following:

 • The participants in the plan.
 • The timing of grants and/or payments under the plan.
 • The size of grants and/or payments (albeit within the limits set out in the policy table for Executive 

Directors).

 • Any performance measures and targets for the incentive plans for each year. 
 • Any use of discretion to amend the outcome, as appropriate.
 • Determining leaver status and the appropriate treatment under the incentive plan.
 • Determining the treatment of awards in the event of a change of control.
 • Determining  any  necessary  technical  adjustments  in  certain  circumstances  (e.g.  corporate 

restructuring events, variation of capital and special dividends).

The  Committee  has  the  discretion  to  vary  the  performance  conditions  applying  to  outstanding 
awards in exceptional circumstances if an event occurs (e.g. a material acquisition or divestment) 
which causes the Committee to believe that the original condition is no longer appropriate. Any 
change in performance conditions will not be materially less challenging than the original condition 
would have been but for the event in question. 

Legacy Arrangements

The  Committee  will  honour  any  commitments  entered  into  with  current  directors  prior  to  the 
Company's IPO or to internally promoted future Executive Directors prior to their appointment to 
the Board. This includes any outstanding awards under historic share option plans. Details of the 
historic share option plans are available in the Company’s Prospectus on its website.

Recoupment (Malus and Clawback)

Malus and clawback may be applied at any time before an award vests (or would have vested 
but  for  the  operation  of  any  holding  period)  or  for  3  years  after  vesting  in  the  following 
circumstances:
 • Material misstatement of the results of the Company. 

 • Errors or inaccuracies or misleading information leading to incorrect grant or vesting of the award. 
 • Gross misconduct. 
 • Material failure of risk management by the Company. 
 • Corporate failure (e.g. administration or liquidation).
 • Any  other  circumstance  which  in  the  opinion  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  could  have  a 

significantly adverse impact on the Company’s reputation. 

88

Malus  permits  the  Company  to  reduce  the  amount  of  any  unvested  award,  including  awards  in 
holding periods. Clawback permits the Company to reduce the amount of any vested award or any 
future salary or bonus and also require the employee to pay back amounts.

Selection of Performance Measures and Targets

The  Remuneration  Committee  selects  the  performance  measures  applying  to  the  Annual  Bonus 

based on the strategic priorities of the Group at the time. The measures and their weightings may 

change from year to year to reflect the needs of the business.

Measures  used  may  include  financial  (such  as  Revenue  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin),  operational, 

strategic, ESG, personal or shareholder value creation outcomes. The use of such measures is intended 

to ensure performance is assessed on a rounded basis and is appropriately aligned to the Group’s KPIs. 

The targets for the Annual Bonus are set after considering the annual business plan, external analyst 

consensus, relevant economic indicators and any regulatory changes. The target range is set so that 

it is appropriately challenging, yet realistic and does not incentivise undue risk taking. The annual 

bonus plan for FY22 is set out on page 92.

The RSP award will be subject to a performance underpin. The Remuneration Committee will assess 

whether vesting is appropriate, taking into consideration the Company’s current share price, its financial 

performance over the vesting period and the participant’s adherence to the Company’s values and its 

standards on risk and environmental, social and governance considerations. On the basis that the RSP 

awards are intended to provide greater certainty of vesting in return for a lower quantum, the default 

will be for vesting to occur, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise.

Statement of Consideration of Shareholder Views 

Prior to the Company's IPO, the views of the major shareholders were considered when determining 

the Policy. The Committee will consider shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGM each 

year and guidance from shareholder representative bodies more generally. 

If  the  Committee  considered  it  appropriate  to  make  material  changes  to  the  Policy,  it  would  be 

subject to prior consultation with major shareholders as necessary. 

Differences in Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors and Employees 
in General

All employees participate in the Annual Bonus scheme, which is operated on similar terms to those 

for the Executive Directors albeit with performance measures which are appropriate to their area of 

responsibility. Bonus deferral of the corporate achievement element is operated for all employees. 

PensionBee Group plc 
 
RSP awards are granted to approximately 28% of the workforce on similar terms to those for the 

Executive Directors. All employees are able to participate in PensionBee’s equity ownership schemes, 

Element of Pay

Recruitment Policy

which further helps to drive engagement and an ownership mentality. 

Statement  of  Consideration  of  Employment  Conditions  Elsewhere  in  the 
Group

The  Committee  is  kept  informed  of  pay  and  employment  conditions  throughout  the  Company. 

This  will  include  information  on  base  salary  banding  and  increases,  annual  bonus  outcomes  and 

share usage across the workforce. The Company’s Talent team conducts an annual benchmarking 

exercise  that  informs  the  overall  remuneration  package  at  each  level  of  employee  seniority.  The 

Benefits

annual  benchmarking  exercise  pays  due  regard  to  job  roles  and  seniority.  The  remuneration 

package for each level of employee seniority is documented in the Company’s Remuneration Policy, 

which is transparently shared with all employees. The Company’s Remuneration Policy documents 

the  Company’s  desire  to  take  an  industry-leading  approach  to  reducing  and  eliminating  gender 

and ethnicity pay gaps, as well as excessive differences in remuneration between the highest and 

lowest paid employees.

The input from the director responsible for employee engagement will also be considered as part 

of the Committee’s deliberations. Findings from regular employee engagement surveys will also be 

provided to the Committee. 

The Committee has not, to date, formally consulted with employees on matters of the Company’s 

Remuneration Policy. However, the Chair of the Remuneration Committee held a Town Hall session 

to understand employees’ attitudes to benefits in November 2021 and will hold further Town Hall 

sessions in due course, during which there will be the opportunity to discuss remuneration matters 

as appropriate. 

Executive Directors’ External Appointments

Executive Directors may accept an external appointment as a Non-Executive Director with the prior 

approval of the Board. Any fees payable for such an appointment can be retained by the Executive 

Director.

Recruitment of Executive Directors - Approach to Remuneration

The ongoing remuneration package for any new Executive Director will be set in accordance with the 

terms of the Policy in place at the time of appointment. The principles which will be applied are set 

out as follows.

Base Salary

 • Set  on  appointment  at  a  level  which  takes  into  account  the  skills  and 

experience of the individual and the nature of the role. 

 • The initial base salary may be set at a level below the desired market position 
to reflect experience. Thereafter, increases may be above those of the wider 

workforce  to  align  the  salary  with  the  market  level  in  accordance  with  the 

individual’s development in the role.

 • Will  be  in  line  with  those  offered  to  current  Executive  Directors.  The 
Committee  will  have  the  discretion  to  pay  certain  relocation  expenses  as 

deemed necessary.

Pension

 • Will be in line with the pension provision offered to the wider workforce.

Annual Bonus

 • Will be operated in line with the terms of the Policy table. Any bonus for the 
year of appointment will be pro-rated based on service rendered. It may be 

necessary to use alternative performance measures for the remainder of the 

initial  performance  period,  depending  on  the  timing  and  circumstances  of 

the appointment.

Restricted 

Share Plan

 • An  award  may  be  made  shortly  after  appointment,  in  line  with  the  Policy 

table.

Buy-out Awards

 • Additional  awards  may  be  offered  in  the  form  of  cash  and  /or  share  based 
elements to compensate an individual for remuneration forfeit on leaving their 

previous  employment.  To  be  clear,  the  value  of  any  buy-out  arrangements 

will be limited to an assessment of the value forfeit. The structure of awards 

will normally be delivered on a like-for-like basis where possible, replicating 

the form, time horizons and any performance requirements attached to the 

awards forfeited.

Legacy 

 • For an internal appointment, any existing pay or contractual 

Arrangements

arrangements agreed prior to the Executive Director being appointed 

to the Board may be allowed to continue on its original terms, 

adjusted as relevant to take into account the new appointment.

89

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Recruitment  of  Directors  -  Approach  to  Remuneration  of  Non-Executive 
Directors

Policy on Payment for Departure from Office

On  appointment  of  a  new  Chairman  of  the  Board  or  Non-Executive  Director,  the  fees  will  be  set 
taking into account the experience and calibre of the individual and the prevailing rates of other 
Non-Executive Directors at the time. 

Service Contracts and Letters of Appointment

Each  Executive  Director’s  service  agreement  will  be  terminable  by  either  the  Company  or  the 
Executive Director on not less than 6 months’ written notice. Each Executive Director will continue 
to be eligible to participate in the Company’s discretionary year-end bonus plan and will be eligible 
to  participate  in  such  long-term  incentive  plans  as  the  Company  may  establish  in  the  future. 
Any  incentives  or  remuneration  payable  to  the  Executive  Directors  will  be  subject  to  limitation 
or  modification  to  the  extent  reasonably  deemed  necessary  by  the  Remuneration  Committee, 
including  to  remain  consistent  with  the  Company’s  shareholder-approved  remuneration  policy 
from time to time. Each Executive Director is entitled to 25 days’ paid holiday per annum (excluding 
public  holidays).  Each  Executive  Director  is  entitled  to  contributions  by  the  Company  of  5%  of 
qualifying  salary  to  the  Company  pension  scheme.  The  contracts  are  available  for  inspection 
(alongside NED letters of appointment) at the Company’s registered office. The date of each service 
contract is noted in the table below:

Romi Savova

Jonathan Lister Parsons

Date of Service Contract

16 March 2021

16 March 2021

The  service  contract  of  any  new  appointment  is  expected  to  be  consistent  with  that  of  current 
Executive Directors.

The  Non-Executive  Directors  do  not  have  service  contracts  with  the  Company  but  instead  have 
letters  of  appointment.  The  date  of  appointment  and  the  most  recent  re-appointment  and  the 
length of service for each Non-Executive Director are shown in the table below:

Mark Wood CBE

Mary Francis CBE

Michelle Cracknell CBE

Date of Appointment

2 February 2021

2 February 2021

2 February 2021

Each  appointment  is  for  a  fixed  term  ending  on  the  Company’s  third  annual  general  meeting 
following the Company’s listing, but each Independent Non-Executive Director may be invited by 
the  Company  to  serve  for  a  further  period.  In  any  event,  each  appointment  is  subject  to  annual 
re-election  by  the  Company  at  each  annual  general  meeting,  and  each  Non-Executive  Director’s 
appointment may be terminated at any time with three months’ written notice.

90

The Company will be entitled to terminate an Executive Director’s service agreement with immediate 
effect by payment in lieu of notice equal to the basic annual salary the Executive Director would 
have been entitled to receive during the notice period, payable in equal monthly instalments which 
are  reduced  if  the  Executive  Director  secures  alternative  employment/engagement  within  that 
period (the Executive is contractually obliged to use his/her best endeavours to secure alternative 
employment/ engagement). 

The Committee will take into account the contractual entitlements, rules of the incentive plans, the 
specific circumstances for the departure and the interests of shareholders when determining the 
termination treatment:

Component 

Voluntary Resignation or 

‘Good Leaver’  

of Pay

Termination for Cause

(e.g. Death, Ill Health, Disability)

Annual Bonus

Leaving employment part way 

Leaving employment part way through 

through the bonus year will normally 

bonus  year  or  after  the  year  end  but 

result in no bonus being paid

prior to the normal bonus payment date 

will  result  in  cash  and  deferred  bonus 

being paid on a time pro-rated basis for 

the  portion  of  the  year  worked.  Bonus 

outcomes will continue to be based on 

the performance achieved.

DSBP Awards

Unvested DSBP awards will lapse

Awards  will  normally  continue  to  vest 

on their original vesting date unless the 

Committee determines they should vest 

earlier.

RSP Awards

Unvested RSP awards will lapse

RSP  will  normally  be  retained  by  the 

individual  for  the  remainder  of  the 

vesting  period  and  remain  subject  to 

the  relevant  performance  underpin, 

with  the  award  time  pro-rated.  The 

Committee  will  retain  discretion  to 

assess 

the  performance  underpin 

and  allow  awards  to  vest  at  an  earlier 

date  if  considered  appropriate  (and  to 

disapply  time  pro-rating  if  considered 

appropriate).

Any outstanding SIP and/or SAYE awards will be treated in line with HMRC regulations. 

PensionBee Group plcThe Committee will have the authority to settle any legal claims against the Company, if considered 

to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  shareholders.  The  Committee  may  also  reimburse  legal  costs  and 

provide a contribution towards outplacement support if felt appropriate. 

If there is a change of control or similar event, outstanding awards may vest early (subject to any 

performance criteria assessment) subject to time pro-rating (unless the Committee believes it is not 

appropriate). 

On termination, at any time, a Non-Executive Director is entitled to any accrued but unpaid director’s 

fees but not to any other remuneration.

Illustration of Remuneration Policy

The charts that follows sets out the potential values of the remuneration package for FY22 under 

various performance scenarios for the Executive Directors. 

Executive Director's Remuneration

(000's)

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

680

48%

571

38%

31%

26%

483

45%

18%

0.5%

0.5%

0.4%

0.3%

36%

31%

26%

440

50%

10%

40%

1.2%

177

99%

Minimum

Threshold

On-target

Maximum

Maximum with growth

Base salary

Pension

Annual Bonus

Long-term incentives

Notes:
 • Salary represents annual salary for 2022. Benefits have been included based on 2021 figures. 
 • Pension represents the value of the annual pension allowance for Executive Directors of 5% of salary. 
 • Minimum  performance  comprises  salary,  benefits  and  pension  only  with  no  bonus  awarded  and  no  RSP 

vesting (i.e. assumes the RSP performance underpin is not met).

 • Threshold performance comprises annual bonus payouts at threshold level (25% of maximum) with the RSP 

awards vested in full (no share price appreciation).

 • Target  performance  comprises  annual  bonus  payouts  at  target  level  (50%  of  maximum)  and  with  the  RSP 

awards vested in full (no share price appreciation).

 • Maximum performance comprises annual bonus awarded at maximum level (100% of maximum) and with the 

RSP awards vested in full (no share price appreciation). 

 • Maximum + share price growth comprises the above plus an assumed increase of 50% in the value of the RSP 

award to take account of potential share price appreciation. 

91

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Annual Report on Remuneration
Implementation of Policy for FY22

Component of Pay

Implementation for FY22

Base Salaries

As set out in the Prospectus at IPO, salaries unchanged:
 • CEO £175,000
 • CTO £175,000

It remains the intention, as set out in the Prospectus, to increase these salaries to £200,000 in 2023 and then to review against market levels after that. 

Benefits and Pension

No changes to benefits.

Pension provision remains at 5% of qualifying salary.

Annual Bonus

Maximum bonus of 100% of salary with at least 75% deferred into shares which will vest in equal instalments across the first, second and third anniversary of grant, which is 

aligned to the treatment throughout the organisation. 

In respect of 2021 bonuses, the Executive Directors’ deferred bonus will be deferred for three years. For 2022 onwards, it is expected to be released in three equal annual 

tranches to align with colleagues generally. 

The performance measures are: 
 • Financial measures, weighted at 50% and consisting of two sub-metrics each accounting for 25% of the total bonus: Revenue (£), Adjusted EBITDA Margin (%)
 • Customer composite metric, weighted at 25% and consisting of five sub-metrics each accounting for 5% of the total bonus: Invested Customers, Trustpilot score, App store 

ratings, NPS and complaints ratio 

 • Personal performance, weighted at 25% of the total bonus

Restricted Share Plan Award

A restricted share award of 125% of salary which vests in equal instalments on the third, fourth and fifth anniversary of grant and released following the fifth anniversary. 

Consistent with market practice, the Committee considers the targets themselves to be confidential and will disclose them in next year’s report.

The awards are subject to a performance underpin whereby the Remuneration Committee will assess whether vesting is appropriate, taking into consideration the Company’s 

current share price, its financial performance over the vesting period and the participant’s adherence to the Company’s values and its standards on risk and environmental, 

social and governance factors. On the basis that the RSP awards are intended to provide greater certainty of vesting in return for a lower quantum, the default will be for vesting 

to occur, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise.  

NED Fees

92

Remain unchanged:
 • Chairman fee £125,000
 • NED base fee £45,000
 • Senior Independent Director fee £25,000
 • Board Committee Chair fee £10,000
 • Employee engagement lead fee £10,000

NEDs are eligible to participate in the Company’s automatic enrolment pension plan.

PensionBee Group plcSingle Total Figure of Remuneration (Audited)

The figures included in the table represent the remuneration in the period from Admission to 31 December 2021.

Romi Savova

Jonathan Lister Parsons

Mark Wood CBE

Mary Francis CBE

Michelle Cracknell CBE

Fixed Pay

Base Salary/Fees

£116,667

£116,758

£83,333

£60,000

Benefits

Pension

Variable Pay

Annual Bonus

Long-Term Incentives

Total

Total Fixed Remuneration

Total Variable Remuneration

Notes to the Table

Base Salary

n/a

£1,468

£131,250

£264,000

£513,384

£382,135

£131,250

n/a

£1,468

£131,250

£264,000

£513,476

£382,226

£131,250

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

£83,333

£83,333

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

£60,000

£60,000

n/a

At IPO the annual base salaries for the CEO and CTO were set at £175,000 per annum. The table reflects the pro rata base salary for the relevant period. 

Benefits

The Executive Directors did not receive benefits from the Company, but are eligible to participate in company-wide schemes from time to time.

Pension

The Executive Directors received pension benefits equivalent to 5% of qualifying earnings.

£36,667

n/a

£1,468

n/a

n/a

£38,134

£38,134

n/a

93

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Annual Bonus

For FY21, 100% of any bonus linked to Company-wide performance and 40% of any bonus linked to 

individual performance is deferred, resulting in 90% deferral for Executive Directors. For this year the 

The  bonus  for  FY21  was  subject  to  performance  measures  which  consisted  of  the  equally 

deferred bonus vests on the third anniversary of grant. 

weighted measures of: Revenue (25%), Adjusted EBITDA (25%), Invested Customers (25%), Personal 

performance (25%). 

Consistent with the approach adopted for all equity awards, participants are required to bear any 

employers’  NICs  on  those  awards  which  means  that  the  headline  level  of  deferred  bonus  and 

The personal performance is based on a competency matrix that rewards each Executive Director 

RSP awards overstates their commercial value by approximately 14% compared with other listed 

for  their  achievements  over  the  course  of  the  year  in  line  with  their  accomplishments  and 

companies  where  the  company  itself  bears  this  charge.  This  reflects  the  pre-profit  status  of  the 

embodiment  of  the  Company’s  values  of  Love,  Quality,  Honesty,  Innovation  and  Simplicity.  The 

Company and this will be kept under review for subsequent grants.

competency matrix refers to the Executive Director’s achievements with respect to furthering the 

Company’s culture, the Company’s approach to diversity and inclusion, the Company’s operational 

performance, strategic initiatives and risk management controls, including the timely submission 

of  policies  and  risk  assessments,  the  minimisation  and  effective  resolution  of  risk  incidents  and 

adherence to budgetary cost controls. 

In  particular,  the  CEO’s  personal  objectives  included  delivering  on  the  continued  growth  of  the 

Company in the context of excellent customer service with a specific requirement to deliver industry-

leading response times to customers. Specific measurable goals were set, including maintaining the 

Cost Per Invested Customer within the budgetary objectives (£246 outcome), excellent App review 

scores (4.7 average score), excellent Trustpilot reviews (score of 4.6/4.7 throughout the year) and the 

percentage of employees recommending the Company as a place to work (92%). 

In particular, the CTO’s personal objectives included leadership in product innovation, development 

Cash Bonus (£) Deferred Bonus (£)

Total Bonus (£)

CEO

CTO

£17,500

£17,500

£113,750

£113,750

£131,250

£131,250

Total Bonus 

(% Max)

75%

75%

Awards Vesting in the Year

Prior  to  the  IPO,  both  the  Executive  Directors  received  share  awards  which  were  subject  to 

performance conditions that were met on the IPO. While these will only vest and become exercisable 

over time, the regulations require these to be included in the year any performance condition is 

met, so the reported £264,000 reflects the aggregate of 160,000 shares multiplied by the IPO price 

of an industry leading technology platform with increased velocity and quality, and the development 

of 165p. 

of mechanisms to analyse real time marketing data and customer experience, each of which were 

fully met. He was also subject to a number of similar measurable targets to those for the CEO above 

including the App review scores and also information security certification outcomes under ISO 27001. 

Awards Granted in the Year

The table below summarises the performance outcomes:

financial year.

There  were  no  share  awards  made  to  Executive  Directors  from  Admission  to  the  end  of  the 

Threshold

Target

Max

Actual

Outturn

Revenue

£11.3m

£11.7m

£12.2m

£12.8m

Adjusted EBITDA

£(18.6)m

£(18.2)m

£(17.8)m

£(16.4)m

Invested Customers

Personal Performance

126k

25%

127k

50%

128k

100%

117k

100%

100%

100%

0%

100%

The Committee considered that the overall performance and the experience of stakeholders was 

appropriately reflected in the overall bonus outcome and therefore no discretion was required to 

amend the result. 

94

PensionBee Group plcOther Statutory Requirements63

Shares Interests 

and Incentives

Romi Savova

Jonathan Lister Parsons

Mark Wood CBE

Mary Francis CBE

Michelle Cracknell CBE

Shares Owned Outright

Awards Unvested and Subject

Options Unvested and Not Subject 

Options Vested and Not Subject

to Performance Conditions

to Performance Conditions

 to Performance Conditions

Shareholding 

Requirement Met

80,000,000

13,232,800

2,827,200

31,200

0

0

0

0

0

0

120,000

120,000

0

0

0

40,000

40,000

0

0

0

Yes

Yes

n/a

n/a

n/a

Our middle market share price at the close of business on 31 December 2021 was 133.7p and the range of the middle market price during the year since IPO was 127.2p to 185p. 

Since the year-end there have been no other changes in the shareholdings.

63 All numbers are unaudited unless otherwise stated.

Change in CEO Total Remuneration

The chart below shows the value of £100 invested in the Company on Admission at the IPO price, compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE All Share Index at the same date and the movement in 

value until 31 December 2021. We have chosen the FTSE All Share Index as it provides the most appropriate and widely recognised index for benchmarking the Company’s corporate performance since IPO.

Total Shareholder's Return*

n
o
i
s
s
i

m
d
A
t
a
e
d
a
m

t
n
e
m

t
s
e
v
n

i

t
i
n
u
0
0
1
a
f
o
e
u
a
V
-
R
S
T

l

115

110

105

100

95

90

85

80

75

PensionBee

FTSE All Share Index

*Source: Datastream 

(a Refinitiv product)

23 Apr 2021

31 Dec 2021

95

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CEO Single Figure History

FY21, for the period since Admission

Percentage Change in Director Pay

Total Remuneration64 

Annual Bonus as % of Max

Long-term Incentive Shares Vesting as % of Max

CEO Pay Ratio65

£513,384

75%

100%

Since the Company only listed in April 2021, there is no comparable year-on-year change to disclose. 
Full disclosure will be presented in the Annual Report on Remuneration for FY22.

Payments for Loss of Office and/or Payments to Former Directors

No payments for loss of office, nor payments to former Directors were made during the year under review.

This report was approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Mary Francis CBE
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

13 April 2022

The  table  below  shows  the  multiple  of  our  CEO’s  pay  ratio  to  median,  lower  quartile  and  upper 
quartile pay at the Company in the UK. The calculations are based on methodology Option A as 
defined by the regulations and calculating the pay and benefits of all UK employees on a full-time 
equivalent basis. The CEO pay ratio is based on comparing the CEO's pay to that of PensionBee's 
UK-based employee population. For the CEO the FY21 figure is based on the single figure total of 
£513,384.

Methodology

25th Percentile

50th Percentile

75th Percentile

Option A

Total Pay

Salary Component

18:1

£27,925

£17,017

9:1

£57,376

£20,108

7:1

£75,771

£24,091

The Committee will continue to monitor trends in the CEO pay ratio over the longer term.

Relative Importance of Spend on Pay

Since the Company only listed in April 2021, there is no comparable year-on-year change to disclose. 
Full disclosure will be presented in the Annual Report on Remuneration for FY22.

Total Employee Costs (Note 5 of the Financial Statements)

Distributions to Shareholders

2021

£7.4m

£0

64 The table Single Total Figure of Remuneration outlines detailed components of the CEO’s Total Remuneration  
65 All numbers are unaudited unless otherwise stated.

96

PensionBee Group plc 
 
8 Directors’ Report 

Principal Activity

The Directors present their annual report on the affairs of the Group, together with the consolidated 

financial statements and Auditor’s report for the financial year ended 31 December 2021. 

Additional Disclosures

Information required to be included within the Directors’ Report either by statute, by Listing Rule 

9.8.4R or by the DTRs, can be found either in this section or elsewhere in this document, as indicated 

in  the  table  below.  All  information  located  elsewhere  in  this  document  is  incorporated  into  this 

Directors’ Report by reference:

PensionBee is a leading online pension provider in the UK, a direct-to-consumer financial technology 

company with a mission to make pensions simple, so that everyone can look forward to a happy 

retirement. The Company is registered as a public limited company under the Companies Act 2006 

and is listed on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange.

Review of Business

A review of the Group’s results and activities is covered on pages 4 to 56 within the Strategic Report. 

This includes the Chairman’s Statement and the Chief Executive Officer’s Review, which include an 

Disclosure 

Location 

Future Business Developments

Our Strategy, pages 16-18

Research and Development

Note 2 of the Financial Statements, pages 116-121 

Financial Instruments

Note 22 of the Financial Statements, pages 129-131

Financial Risk Management 

Objectives and Policies 

Exposure to Price, Credit 

and Liquidity Risk

Environmental Impact

People, Values and Culture and 

Employee Engagement

Note 22 of the Financial Statements, pages 129-131 

Managing our Risks, pages 52-55 

Note 22 of the Financial Statements, page 129-131

Stakeholders, pages 32-40

ESG Considerations, pages 42-51

About Us, page 9-15

Stakeholders, pages 32-40 

ESG Considerations, pages 42-51

Section 172 Statement

Stakeholders, pages 32-40

Stakeholder Engagement

Stakeholders, pages 32-40 

ESG Considerations, pages 42-51

Statement of Directors’ Responsibility

Statement of Directors’ Responsibility, page 104

Directors’ Interests

Directors’ Remuneration Report, pages 80-96

Details of Long-Term Incentive Schemes

Directors’ Remuneration Report, pages 80-96

indication of likely future developments.

Key Performance Indicators

Key performance indicators in relation to the Group’s activities are continually reviewed by Executive 

Management and are presented on pages 31 to 32 of the Strategic Report. 

Results and Dividends

The results for the year are set out in the consolidated Income Statement on page 112 of the Financial 

Statements. The Directors are not proposing a final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2021.

Corporate Governance 

During  the  year  to  31  December  2021,  since  the  Company’s  listing  on  the  Main  Market  of  the 

London Stock Exchange in April 2021, we have applied the principles contained in the UK Corporate 

Governance Code 2018 (the ‘Code’), a copy of which can be found at www.frc.org.uk. 

The Corporate Governance Statement is set out on pages 63 to 68 of the Corporate Governance 

Report.  The  information  in  that  section  incorporated  into  this  Directors'  Report  by  reference  is 

deemed  to  form  part  of  this  report  and  so  fulfils  the  requirements  of  the  Corporate  Governance 

Statement for the purposes of DTR 7.2.1.

We have set out in the Corporate Governance Statement how we have applied the Principles of the 

Code and have included cross references throughout it as to where further supporting information 

may be contained. The Board and the Committees believe that they have upheld the Code through 

their  work  and  are  able  to  report  no  instances  of  non-compliance  against  the  Code  from  the 

Company’s listing to 31 December 2021.

97

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Directors

In Office

Mark Wood CBE

Mary Francis CBE

Michelle Cracknell CBE 

Romi Savova 

Jonathan Lister Parsons

Articles of Association

Position

The  Articles  may  be  amended  by  a  special  resolution  of  the  Company’s  shareholders.  They  were 

Independent Non-Executive Chairman

last reviewed and updated at the time of the Company’s IPO in April 2021. As well as setting out the 

rules governing the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Articles also set out, amongst 

Senior Independent Director 

other matters, the Directors’ general authority, rules on decision-making by the Directors, as well as 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Chief Executive Officer 

in full the powers of the Directors in relation to issuing shares and buying back the Company’s own 

shares. A copy of the Company’s Articles can be found on the Company’s website.

Chief Technology Officer

Directors’ Interests

The biographies of the Directors who were in office post the Company’s listing and as at 31 December 

2021  are  set  out  on  pages  pages  60  to  62  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  Executive  Management 

section of the the Corporate Governance Report. 

Directors’ Powers

The powers of the Directors are set out in the Articles of Association and the Companies Act 2006 
(the ‘Act’) and are subject to any directions given by special resolution. The Directors are responsible 
for the management of the Company’s business, for which purpose they may exercise all the powers 
of the Company whether relating to the management of the business or not. The Directors may also, 
subject to the Articles, delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions as they see fit. 

The Articles give the Directors power to appoint and replace Directors. Unless otherwise determined 
by  the  Company  by  ordinary  resolution,  the  number  of  directors  (other  than  alternate  directors) 
must not be less than two and must not be more than thirteen.

Appointment and Replacement of Directors

The rules governing the appointment and replacement of Directors are set out in the Company’s 
Articles and are governed by the Code, the Act and related legislation. Directors may be appointed 
by ordinary resolution at a general meeting, by a decision of the Directors or by the sole Director if 
the Company has only one Director. 

At  the  Company’s  first  Annual  General  Meeting,  all  the  Directors  who  have  held  office  since  the 
Company’s IPO will offer themselves for appointment by the members to the Company’s Board.

98

Directors’ interests in the Ordinary shares of PensionBee Group plc as at 31 December 2021 are set 

out on page 92 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report within the Corporate Governance Report.

During  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  no  Director  had  any  material  interest  in  a  contract  to 

which the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings was a party (other than their own service 

contract) that requires disclosure under the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ Insurance and Indemnities

The  Company’s  Articles  provide,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  UK  legislation,  an  indemnity  for 

Directors and Officers of the Company and the Group in respect of liabilities they may incur in the 

discharge of their duties or in the exercise of their powers.

Directors’  and  Officers’  liability  insurance  cover  is  maintained  by  the  Company  and  is  in  place  in 

respect of all the Company’s Directors at the date of this Annual Report. The Company will review its 

level of cover on an annual basis.

Compensation for Loss of Office

The Company does not have any agreements with any Executive Director or employee that would 

provide  compensation  for  loss  of  office  or  employment  resulting  from  a  takeover  except  that 

provisions of the Company’s historic EMI Option Scheme and Non tax-qualifying Option Scheme 

may cause options and awards outstanding under such schemes to vest on a takeover. 

RSP awards will vest subject to the measurement of the underpin at the time of the event and, unless 

the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, time pro-rated DSBP awards will vest in full.

Further  information  is  provided  on  page  92  of  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report  within  the 

Corporate Governance Report.

PensionBee Group plcShare Capital

Details of the Company’s authorised and issued share capital, together with movements during the 

year, are set out in Note 15 of the Financial Statements. As at 31 December 2021, the Company’s 

issued share capital consisted of 221,564,716 Ordinary shares with a nominal value of £0.001 each. 

Ordinary  shareholders  are  entitled  to  receive  notice  of,  and  to  attend  and  speak  at,  any  general 

meeting of the Company. On a show of hands every shareholder present in person or by proxy (or 

being a corporation represented by a duly authorised representative) shall have one vote, and on 

a poll every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share 

of which he is the holder. The Notice of Annual General Meeting specifies deadlines for exercising 

Since the financial period end the Company’s issued share capital has increased to 221, 646, 089 due 

voting rights and appointing a proxy or proxies.

to the exercise of vested options granted under the historic pre-IPO EMI Option Scheme and Non 

tax-qualifying Option Scheme.

Authority to Purchase Its Own Shares

The Company has one class of Ordinary Share. There are no specific restrictions on the size of the 

holding  nor  on  the  transfer  of  shares,  which  are  both  governed  by  the  general  provisions  of  the 

Articles and prevailing legislation.

Lock-Up Arrangements

The Company is permitted pursuant to the terms of its Articles to purchase its own shares subject 

to shareholder approval. The Company was granted authority at a general meeting of the Company 

in April 2021, ahead of its listing, to make purchases of up to 10% of its share capital. No shares were 

purchased under this authority in the year from listing to 31 December 2021 and up to the date of 

this report. 

As part of the Company’s IPO, lock-up arrangements were put in place in respect of the Company’s 

Significant Interests

shares held by the pre-IPO investors. Specifically, they included:

The  interests  in  shares  notified  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  Disclosure  Guidance  and 

Transparency Rules as at 31 December 2021 are set out below. 

days  following  the  date  of  publication  of  the  Company’s  trading  update  for  the  three-month 

Romina Savova 

 • The shareholdings66 of the Executive Directors at the time of admission were, and remain, subject 

to lock-up arrangements expiring on 26 April 2023.

 • The  shareholdings67  of  all  the  Executive  Management  team,  the  Independent  Non-Executive 
Directors  and  pre-IPO  shareholders67  owning  more  than  3%  of  the  Company’s  issued  share 
capital at the time of admission were, and remain, subject to lock-up arrangements expiring 90 

period ending 30 September 2022. This Q3 trading update is expected to be published on or 

around 20 October 2022, meaning an expiry date of 20 January 2023.

 • The  shareholdings67  of  all  other  pre-IPO  shareholders  owning  less  than  3%  of  the  Company’s 
issued  share  capital  at  the  time  of  admission  and  all  other  pre-IPO  option  holders,  were,  and 

remain, subject to lock-up arrangements ending 90 days following the date of publication of the 

Company’s trading update announcement for the three-month period ending 31 March 2022. 

This  Q1  trading  update  is  expected  to  be  published  on  or  around  21  April  2022,  meaning  an 

expiry date of 21 July 2022.   

Further  details  of  the  lock-up  arrangements  are  set  out  in  the  Company’s  Prospectus,  a  copy  of 

which is available on the Company’s website at https://www.pensionbee.com/investor-relations/

ipo-centre.

66 Includes the shareholding at the point of the admission to the High Growth Segment, together with any shares 
received subsequently for the duration of the relevant lock-up period as a result of the exercise of any options 
granted pre-IPO.
67 Includes State Street Global Advisors, Inc, together with Mr. Joseph Suddaby’s aggregate holding of shares held 
directly by him and indirectly through his self-invested personal pension.

Name of shareholder 

Number of Ordinary Shares 

of £0.001 each Held 

Jonathan Lister Parsons 

State Street Global Advisors, Inc.

Percentage of Total 

Shares Outstanding/

Total Voting Rights

36.11%

5.97%

3.95%

80,000,000

13,232,800

8,757,600

Between  31  December  2021  and  13  April  2021  (the  latest  practicable  date  for  inclusion  in  this 

report), there were no changes to the interests above. During this timeframe, Norges Bank notified 

the Company of its interest, being 7,457,930 Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 3.37% of 

the current Total Shares Outstanding/Total Voting Rights. 

Romi Savova and Jonathan Lister Parsons are deemed to be acting in concert, together with certain 

other  shareholders  who  represent,  in  aggregate,  approximately  1,022,600  shares  or  0.5%  of  the 

Company’s Total Shares Outstanding/Total Voting Rights.

99

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Capital Management

Employee Engagement

PensionBee Limited, a subsidiary of PensionBee Group plc, is a FCA regulated  business and subject 

The Directors place great importance and value on employee engagement. The Board has engaged 

to  holding  a  Liquid  Capital  requirement  under  IPRU  (INV)  5.9.  As  of  December  2021,  the  capital 

with the wider workforce during the year via existing channels and initiatives that are in place across 

resources  stood  at  £31.7m  (unaudited)  as  compared  to  a  capital  resource  requirement  of  £0.9m 

the Company to ensure that employees are listened to and well represented. Mary Francis CBE, the 

(unaudited), resulting in a coverage of 33.7x. 

Senior Independent Director with responsibility for employee engagement, hosted the Company’s 

2021 employee engagement event, facilitating discussion on themes suggested by and voted for 

Research and Development

by employees. 

The Company’s research and development is contained in Note 2 of the Financial Statements.

The  Board  is  kept  apprised  of  employee  matters  and  engagement  through  regular  updates 

provided by the SID, the CEO and other members of the Executive Management team at Board and 

Political and Charitable Contributions

Committee meetings.

During  the  financial  year  ending  31  December  2021,  the  Company  did  not  make  any  charitable 

Further information relating to how we engage with our employees is set out on pages 32 to 40 of 

donations, nor any political contributions.

the Stakeholders section of the Strategic Report.

Change of Control - Significant Agreements

Engagement with Other Stakeholders

There are a number of agreements that may take effect after, or terminate upon, a change of control 

Details of how the Company engages with its key stakeholders, including its shareholders, are set 

of the Company, such as commercial contracts and property lease arrangements. None of these are 

on pages 32 to 40 of the Stakeholders section of the Strategic Report and on pages 63 to 68 of the 

considered to be significant in terms of their likely impact on the business as a whole.

Corporate Governance Statement within the Corporate Governance Report.

Diversity and Inclusion

Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting

The Directors believe that the make-up of PensionBee’s employees should reflect the diversity of the 

The  section  below  includes  our  first  year  of  reporting  under  the  new  Streamlined  Energy  and 

Company’s customer base. The Company is committed to promoting diversity and inclusion across 

Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) requirements. The reporting period is the same as the Group’s financial 

the business, through measures such as formal training, anonymised hiring and promotion cycles 

year, 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2021. The Group was listed on the Stock Exchange from April 

and  inclusion  in  the  Company’s  performance  matrices,  but  also  informally  through  its  ‘diversity 

2021 and therefore qualifies for SECR as a quoted company.

champions’, external and internal speaker events and a host of other initiatives. 

The  Company  has  publicly  committed  to  public  targets  for  gender  and  race  and  is  working 

towards  becoming  a  ‘Disability  Confident’  employer.  The  Company  has  published  its  Diversity, 

We have reported on all of the emission sources required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 

Inclusion  and  Equality  Policy  with  public  targets,  and  continually  measures  its  progress  against 

Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2018.  These sources fall within the Group’s consolidated 

these objectives. 

financial statements. 

Organisation Boundary and Scope of Emissions

Further detail is set out on pages 32 to 40 of the Stakeholders section and on pages 42 to 51 of the 

An operational control approach has been used in order to define our organisational boundary. This 

ESG Considerations section of the Strategic Report. 

is the basis for determining the Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions for which the Group is responsible.  

100

PensionBee Group plcMethodology

For the Group’s SECR reporting, the Group has employed the services of a specialist advisor, Verco, 

to quantify and calculate the Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) emissions and energy use associated with the 

Group’s operations.

The intensity ratio has been calculated as follows:

 • 0.003 tCO2e per £m revenue using the location-based method.
 • 0.0 tCO2e per £m revenue using the market-based method.

Target and Baselines

The total energy use is the total electricity consumption for the reporting year. Electricity was the only 

emissions source reported for the Group’s SECR. The total electricity consumption has been calculated 

from the monthly metre readings and consumptions in kWh provided by  Great Portland Estates.

The Group's objective is to maintain or reduce its GHG emissions per £m revenue each year and will 

report each year whether it has been successful in this regard.

The following methodology was applied by Verco in the preparation and presentation of this data:

Key Figures

 • The  Greenhouse  Gas  Protocol  published  by  the  World  Business  Council  for  Sustainable 

PensionBee Group plc - Breakdown of Emissions by Scope

Development and the World Resources Institute (the ‘WBCSD/WRI GHG Protocol’).

 • Application of appropriate emission factors to the Group’s activities to calculate GHG emissions.
 • Scope 2 reporting methods - application of location-based and market-based emission factors 

for electricity supplies.

 • Inclusion of all the applicable Kyoto gases, expressed in carbon dioxide equivalents, or CO2e.
 • Presentation of gross emissions as the Group does not purchase carbon credits (or equivalents).
 • Where data was missing or over the period required, values were estimated using an extrapolation 

of available data.

Absolute Emissions

0.0

0.0

2021

(market-based)

2021

(location-based)

0.0

Scope 1

Scope 2

8.4

The total Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions from the Group’s operations in the year ending 31 December 

2021 were: 

 • 8.4 tonnes of CO2 equivalent (tCO2e) using a ‘location-based’ emission factor methodology for 

0% 

20% 

40% 

60% 

80% 

100%

Scope 2 emissions; and

 • 0.0 tonnes of CO2 equivalent (tCO2e) using a ‘market-based’ emission factor methodology for 

Scope 2 emissions.

Scope 1 - The Group does not use any onsite combustion of natural gas, fuels, fuels used in fleet/
company-owned vehicles and refrigerant gas losses.  Therefore, emissions are reported as zero.

Scope 2 - Emissions from purchased electricity using the location-based and market-based method.

Intensity Ratio

As well as reporting the absolute emissions, the Group's GHG emissions are reported below in tonnes 

of CO2 equivalent per £m revenue. This was decided as the most appropriate metric for the Group.

GHG emissions

Scope 11
Scope 22
Scope 33
Total GHG emissions (Location-based)

Total GHG emissions (Market-based)

2021

Tonnes CO2e
-

tCO2e/£m Revenue4
-

8.4

-

8.4

-

0.64

-

0.64

-

1 Scope 1 being emissions from the Group’s combustion of fuel and operation of facilities.
2 Scope 2 being electricity (from location-based calculations), heat, steam and cooling purchased for the Group’s 
own use.
3 Scope 2 being electricity (from market-based calculations), heat, steam and cooling purchased for the Group’s 
own use.
4 Intensity Ratio: Revenue £13m (FY2021).

101

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Total Energy Use

Going Concern and Viability Statement

The total energy use for the Group for FY2021 was 39,361 kWh.

Energy Efficiency Actions

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. After making 

enquiries  and  considering  the  Group’s  financial  position,  its  business  model,  strategy,  financial 

forecasts and regulatory capital together with its principal risks and uncertainties, the Directors have 

a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 

The Group moved out of its premises on 7 January 2022. The premises are to be demolished in 2022. 

as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of signing this report. The going concern basis 

Due to this, there was no business case for energy efficiency measures in 2021.

of preparation is discussed within Note 22 of the Financial Statements.

The Group moved to its new premises in Blackfriars on 14 February 2022. The new premises has the 

In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Directors have assessed 

following in place:

 • The  building  uses  100%  REGO  sustainable  green  electricity  and  its  energy  intensity  is  much 
lower than relevant industry benchmarks such as the Better Building Partnership’s Real Estate 

the prospects of the Group over a longer period than the 12 months required by the going concern 

provision. Details of the assessment can be found on page 56.

Environment Benchmarks (REEB).

Post Balance Sheet Events

 • The property management team is Planet Mark certified, meaning they commit to reducing their 

carbon emissions every year. 

The building has a number of private rooms to be used for virtual meetings allowing the Group to 

continue its hybrid working policy and limit the need for business travel.

Internal Control and Risk Management

Other  than  as  disclosed  in  the  Strategic  Report,  there  have  been  no  material  post  balance  sheet 

events involving the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries as at the date of this report. 

Details  of  significant  events  since  the  reporting  date  are  contained  in  Note  24  of  the  Financial 

Statements. 

Disclosure of Information to Auditor

The  Board  is  ultimately  responsible  for  establishing  the  risk  appetite  and  the  risk  management 

framework  at  PensionBee.  The  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  is  responsible  for  monitoring  and 

reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management systems.

The Group’s systems of internal control and risk management are designed to identify, evaluate and 

Each of the Directors at the date of the approval of this Annual Report confirms that:

 •

 •

So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s 

auditor is unaware; and

The Director has taken all the reasonable steps that they ought to have taken as a Director to 

manage risks. Through monitoring the effectiveness of its internal controls and risk management, 

make themself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 

the Committee is able to maintain a good understanding of principal risks, key emerging areas of 

auditor is aware of the information.

risk and the Executive Team’s decision making process. In 2021, the Senior Legal Counsel carried 

out a general review of the Company’s Risk Management Policy and framework and he engages 

The confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of section 

regularly with the Audit and Risk Committee.

418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Further detail is set out on pages 52 to 55 of the Managing Our Risks section of the Strategic Report 

Auditor

and  on  pages  74  to  79  of  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  Report  within  the  Corporate  Governance 

Report. 

Market Abuse Regulation

Deloitte LLP has indicated their willingness to continue in office and resolutions to reappoint them 

as auditor and to authorise the Audit and Risk Committee to determine the auditor’s remuneration 

will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting to be held on 18 May 2022.

The Company has in place its own internal dealing policies which apply to all employees and which 

encompass the requirements of the Market Abuse Regime.

102

PensionBee Group plcAnnual General Meeting

The Company’s Annual General Meeting will be held on 18 May 2022 and will be held as a hybrid 

meeting as detailed on page 68 of the Corporate Governance Statement. The Notice of the AGM 

will  be  distributed  to  Shareholders  and  made  available  on  the  Company’s  website,  and  where 

appropriate, by an announcement via a Regulatory Information Service, if any changes are required 

to be made to the AGM arrangements.

Approved by the Board on 13 April 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

Romi Savova 
Chief Executive Officer 

13 April 2022

103

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20219 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  Annual  Report  and  Financial  Statements  in 

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic 

accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Report,  Directors’  Report,  Directors’  Remuneration  Report  and  Corporate  Governance  report  that 

complies with that law and those regulations. The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 

Company  law  requires  the  Directors  to  prepare  Financial  Statements  for  each  financial  year. 

integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation 

Under that law, they are required to prepare the Group Financial Statements in accordance with 

in  the  UK  governing  the  preparation  and  dissemination  of  Financial  Statements  may  differ  from 

International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (‘IFRS’)  as  adopted  by  the  UK  in  conformity  with  the 

legislation in other jurisdictions.

requirements  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  and  have  elected  to  prepare  the  Parent  Company 

Financial Statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards, including FRS 102, the Financial 

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 •

 •

The  Financial  Statements,  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  set  of  accounting 

standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss 

of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

The Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business 

and the position of the issuer and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a 

whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

We  consider  that  the  Annual  Report  and  Accounts,  taken  as  a  whole,  is  fair,  balanced  and 

understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 

position and performance, business model and strategy.

Approved by the Board of Directors on 13 April 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

Romi Savova  
Chief Executive Officer 

13 April 2022

Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland. Under company law, the Directors 

must not approve the Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 

view of the state of affairs of the Company and of their profit or loss for that period.

In  preparing  each  of  the  Group  and  Parent  Company  Financial  Statements,  the  Directors  are 

required to:

 • Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
 • Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant, reliable and prudent;
 • For the Group Financial Statements, state whether they have been 

prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the UK;

 • For the Parent Company Financial Statements, state whether Financial 

Reporting Standard 102 has been followed, subject to any material departures 

disclosed and explained in the Parent Company Financial Statements; 

 • Assess the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 

as applicable, matters related to going concern; and

 • Use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group 
or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show 

and  explain  the  Company’s  operations  and  disclose  with  reasonable  accuracy  at  any  time  the 

financial  position  of  the  Company  and  that  enable  them  to  ensure  that  its  Financial  Statements 

comply  with  the  Companies  Act  2006.  They  are  responsible  for  such  internal  control  as  they 

determine is necessary to enable the preparation of Financial Statements that are free from material 

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as 

are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud 

and other irregularities.

104

PensionBee Group plcFinancial
Statements

1 Independent Auditor's Report to the 
Members of PensionBee Group plc

Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements

financial  statements  is  applicable  law  and  the  United  Kingdom  Accounting  Standards,  including 

FRS  102  'The  Financial  Reporting  Standard  applicable  in  the  UK  and  Republic  of  Ireland'  ('United 

1 Opinion

In our opinion:

Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice').

2 Basis for opinion

 • the financial statements of PensionBee Group plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the 
‘Group’) give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs 

as at 31 December 2021 and of the Group’s loss for the period then ended;

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) ('ISAs (UK)') 

and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s 

responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 

 • the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 

adopted international accounting standards. 

 • The Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 102 'The 

Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland'; and

 • the  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the 

Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

 • the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income;

 • the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Financial Position;

 • the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity;

 • the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows;

 • the related Notes 1 to 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements; and  

 • the related Notes 1 to 9 of the Parent Company Financial Statements.

We  are  independent  of  the  Group  and  the  Parent  Company  in  accordance  with  the  ethical 

requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of  the  financial  statements  in  the  UK,  including  the 

Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, 

and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The 

non-audit services provided to the Group and Parent Company for the year are disclosed in Note 9 of  

the financial statements. We confirm that we have not provided any non-audit services prohibited 

by the FRC’s Ethical Standard to the Group or the Parent Company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 

for our opinion.

3 Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matter that we identified in the current year was:

Revenue Recognition

Materiality

The materiality that we used for the Group financial statements was £255k 

which was determined on the basis of 2% of Group revenue.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial 

Scoping

statements is applicable law and the United Kingdom adopted international accounting standards. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Parent Company 

We identified two significant components which were subject to full scope 

audits. These components account for 100% of the Group’s profit before tax, 

100% of the Group’s revenue and 100% of the Group’s net assets.

106

PensionBee Group plc4 Conclusions relating to going concern

5.1 Revenue Recognition

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern 

basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to continue 

to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included the following: 

 • We  evaluated  management’s  going  concern  assessment  in  light  of  COVID-19;  this  included 
obtaining evidence such as underlying business plans and forecasts to support key assumptions.
 • We obtained and inspected correspondence between the Group and its regulator, the FCA, to 
identify any items of interest which could potentially indicate non-compliance with legislation or 

potential litigation or regulatory action held against the Group.

 • We assessed management’s reverse stress testing and the likelihood of the various scenarios that 

could adversely impact upon the Group’s liquidity.

 • We have assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures made in relation to going concern.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to 

events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group's and 

Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from 

when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our  responsibilities  and  the  responsibilities  of  the  directors  with  respect  to  going  concern  are 

described in the relevant sections of this report.

 • The  sole  material  revenue  stream  for  the  Group  is  fees  from 
fund administration. These fees are earned for administering 

the  customer  pension  schemes  and  are  charged  based 

on  a  fixed  percentage  of  the  value  of  a  customer’s  pension 

Key audit matter description

scheme. The revenue recognition key audit matter identified 

How the scope of our 

audit responded to the 

key audit matter

relates to the fee percentages applied by management when 

calculating the administration fees as a small change in these 

fees  may  have  a  material  impact  on  the  overall  year-end 

result reported. Revenue recognised in the period ended 31 

December  2021  was  £12,753k;  further  details  are  included 

within Note 2 and 4 to the financial statements.  

 • We  obtained  an  understanding  and  tested  the  relevant 
controls relating to the percentages used in calculation of the 

administration fees.

 • We tested the appropriateness of the fee percentage applied 
by management on customer pension schemes in the period 

by performing a 100% recalculation of the 2021 administration 

fee revenue based on customer transactional data.

 • We  have  tested  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  the 
underlying transactional data used within recalculation of the 

administration fee.

5 Key audit matters

Key observations 

 • Based  on  the  work  performed  we  have  determined  the 

revenue recognised is appropriate.

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance 

in  our  audit  of  the  financial  statements  of  the  current  period  and  include  the  most  significant 

assessed  risks  of  material  misstatement  (whether  or  not  due  to  fraud)  that  we  identified.  These 

matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 

resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

6 Our application of materiality

6.1 Materiality

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 

and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it 

probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or 

influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the 

results of our work.

107

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Basis for 

determining 

materiality

Rationale for 

the benchmark 

applied

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a 

6.2 Performance materiality

whole as follows:

Group financial 

statements

Parent Company financial statements

Materiality

£255k

£242k

2% of Revenue 

1% of net assets capped at 95% of Group materiality

We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in 

aggregate,  uncorrected  and  undetected  misstatements  exceed  the  materiality  for  the  financial 

statements as a whole. 

Group financial statements

Parent Company 

financial statements

Performance materiality

65% of Group materiality

65% of Parent Company 

materiality 

Revenue has been 

The  Parent  Company  primarily  exists  as  the  holding 

determined as the most 

company  which  carries 

investments 

in  Group 

Basis and rationale for 

In  determining  performance  materiality,  we  considered  factors 

determining performance 

including:

appropriate benchmark 

subsidiaries  and  is  the  issuer  of  listed  securities.  We 

materiality

due to the fact that 

consider  net  assets  to  be  the  critical  benchmark  for 

 • The  fact  that  PensionBee  Group  plc  is  a  publicly  listed  entity 

where there is exposure to significant media coverage.

 • The quality of the control environment.

that it is a key balance 

this company. 

used for determining 

future profitability and 

stability of the Group.

Group materiality 
£255k

6.3 Error reporting threshold

We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit 

differences in excess of £12.8k, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted 

reporting  on  qualitative  grounds.  We  also  report  to  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  on  disclosure 

matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

7 An overview of the scope of our audit

Revenue 
£12, 753k

Component materiality 
£242k

7.1 Identification and scoping of components

Audit and Risk 
Committee reporting 
threshold
£12.8k

Our  Group  audit  was  scoped  by  obtaining  an  understanding  of  the  Group  and  its  environment, 
including controls over revenue, and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level.
The  two  financially  significant  components  of  the  Group  which  were  identified  are  PensionBee 
Limited and the PensionBee Group plc parent entity.

Both  of  these  significant  components  were  subject  to  a  full-scope  audit,  audited  to  component 
materiality level set at £157k.

The components within full scope audits account for 100% of the Group’s profit before tax, 100% of 
the Group’s revenue and 100% of the Group’s net assets.

Audit work to respond to the risks of material misstatement was performed directly by the Group 

audit engagement team.

Revenue

Group materiality

108

PensionBee Group plc7.2 Our consideration of climate-related risks

and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of 

financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In planning our audit, we have considered the potential impact of climate change on the Group’s 

business and its financial statements.

The Group continues to develop its assessment of the potential impacts of environmental, social 

and governance ('ESG') related risks, including climate change, as outlined in ESG Considerations 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the 

Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to 

going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend 

to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative 

on pages 42-51.

but to do so.

As a part of our audit, we have obtained management’s climate-related risk assessment and held 

discussions  to  understand  the  process  of  identifying  climate-related  risks,  the  determination  of 

mitigating actions and the impact on the Group’s financial statements.

10  Auditor’s  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial 
statements

We performed our own qualitative risk assessment of the potential impact of climate change on the 

Group’s account balances and classes of transactions.

8 Other information

The  other  information  comprises  the  information  included  in  the  annual  report,  other  than  the 

financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other 

information contained within the annual report.

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole, 

are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 

that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee 

that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 

when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 

or  in  the  aggregate,  they  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  the  economic  decisions  of 

users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on 

the  FRC’s  website  at:  www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  This  description  forms  part  of  our 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent 

auditor’s report.

otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our  responsibility  is  to  read  the  other  information  and,  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other 

information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 

the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to 

determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. 

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 

other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

9 Responsibilities of directors

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for 

11  Extent  to  which  the  audit  was  considered  capable  of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design 

procedures  in  line  with  our  responsibilities,  outlined  above,  to  detect  material  misstatements  in 

respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting 

irregularities, including fraud is detailed. 

11.1 Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities

In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud 

and non-compliance with laws and regulations, we considered the following:

 • the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance including 
the design of the Group’s remuneration policies, key drivers for directors’ remuneration, bonus 

the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, 

levels and performance targets;

109

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 • results  of  our  enquiries  of  management  and  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  about  their  own 

identification and assessment of the risks of irregularities; 

 • any  matters  we  identified  having  obtained  and  reviewed  the  Group’s  documentation  of  their 

policies and procedures relating to:

 • identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were 

aware of any instances of non-compliance;

 • detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any 

actual, suspected or alleged fraud;

 • the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws 

and regulations; and

 • the  matters  discussed  among  the  audit  engagement  team  and  relevant  internal  specialists, 
including IT and industry specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial 
statements and any potential indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within 
the organisation for fraud and identified the greatest potential for fraud is within the recognition 
of  revenue.  In  common  with  all  audits  under  ISAs  (UK),  we  are  also  required  to  perform  specific 
procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

 •

 •

 •

 •

enquiring  of  management,  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  and  in-house  legal  counsel 
concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;

performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may 

indicate risks of material misstatement due to fraud;

reading  minutes  of  meetings  of  those  charged  with  governance,  reviewing  internal  audit 

reports and reviewing correspondence with HMRC and the Financial Conduct Authority; and

in  addressing  the  risk  of  fraud  through  management  override  of  controls,  testing  the 

appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments; assessing whether the judgements 

made  in  making  accounting  estimates  are  indicative  of  a  potential  bias;  and  evaluating  the 

business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course 

of business.

We  also  communicated  relevant  identified  laws  and  regulations  and  potential  fraud  risks  to  all 

engagement team members including internal specialists, and remained alert to any indications of 

fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit.

Report on other Legal and 
Regulatory Requirements

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that the Group operates 
in, focusing on provisions of those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination 
of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws and regulations we 
considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, Listing Rules and relevant tax legislation.

12  Opinions on other matters prescribed 
by the Companies Act 2006

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect 
on the financial statements but compliance with which may be fundamental to the Group’s ability 
to operate or to avoid a material penalty. These included the Group’s operating licence, regulatory 
solvency requirements and the regulations imposed by the Financial Conduct Authority.

11.2 Audit response to risks identified

As a result of performing the above, we identified revenue recognition as a key audit matter related 
to the potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters section of our report explains the matter in more 
detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed in response to that key audit matter. 
In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:

reviewing  the  financial  statement  disclosures  and  testing  the  supporting  documentation  to 
assess compliance with provisions of relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct 
effect on the financial statements;

 •

110

In  our  opinion  the  part  of  the  Directors'  Remuneration  Report  to  be  audited  has  been  properly 

prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

 • the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for 
which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

 • the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable 

legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent Company and their 

environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements 

in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

PensionBee Group plc13 Matters on which we are required to report by exception

15 Use of our report

13.1 Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate 

for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

• the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and 

returns

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

13.2 Directors’ remuneration

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 

16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 

company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for 

no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 

to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for 

this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

As  required  by  the  Financial  Conduct  Authority  (‘FCA’)  Disclosure  Guidance  and  Transparency 

Rule (‘DTR’) 4.1.14R, these financial statements form part of the European Single Electronic Format 

(‘ESEF’) prepared Annual Financial Report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the UK FCA in 

accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (‘ESEF RTS’). This auditor’s report provides 

no assurance over whether the annual financial report has been prepared using the single electronic 

format specified in the ESEF RTS.

Kieren Cooper  FCA (Senior statutory auditor)

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are also required to report if, in our opinion, certain disclosures 

For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP

of directors’ remuneration have not been made, or the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report 

Statutory Auditor

to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Birmingham, United Kingdom 
13 April 2022

14 Other matters which we are required to address

14.1 Auditor tenure

Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, we were appointed by the Board 

of  Directors  on  the  23  June  2021  to  audit  the  financial  statements  for  the  Group  for  the  period 

ending  31  December  2021  and  subsequent  financial  periods.  The  period  of  total  uninterrupted 

engagement including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 1 year, covering the 

period ending 31 December 2021.

14.2 Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the Audit 
and Risk Committee

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit and Risk Committee we are 

required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

111

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20212 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2021

Revenue                                             

Employee Benefits Expense (excluding Share-based Payment)

Share-based Payment                                                

Depreciation Expense                                        

Advertising and Marketing

Other Expenses                                                               

Listing Costs 

Operating Loss

Finance Costs                                                           

Loss before Tax

Taxation                                                                         

Loss for the year

Total Comprehensive Loss for the year wholly attributable to Equity Holders of the Parent Company

Loss per Share (pence per Share)

Basic and Diluted                                                        

The above results were derived from continuing operations.

The notes on pages 116 to 132 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Note

4

5

 5, 21

12, 13

7

25

8

10

11

2021

£ 000

12,753

(7,447)

(3,939)

(256)

(12,865)

(8,862)

 (2,947)

(23,563)

 (1,416)

(24,979)

348

(24,631)

 (24,631)

(11.86)

2020

£ 000

6,268

(4,475)

(2,174)

(240)

(8,223)

(3,991)

(637)

(13,472)

 (11)

(13,483)

220

 (13,263)

 (13,263)

(7.67)

112

PensionBee Group plc3 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2021

Note

12
13

 14

15
16
16, 21
16

17
18

17
19

Assets

Non-current Assets
Property, Plant and Equipment   
Right of Use Assets

Current Assets
Trade and Other Receivables
Cash and Cash Equivalents

Total Assets

Equity and Liabilities

Equity 
Share Capital     
Share Premium                                                                    
Share-based Payment Reserve                                    
Retained Earnings                                                                
Total Equity

Non-current Liabilities
Lease Liability                                                                       
Provisions                                                                            

Current Liabilities
Lease Liability                                                                     
Trade and Other Payables                                                   

Total Liabilities

Total Equity and Liabilities

The notes on pages 116 to 132 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Approved by the Board on 13 April 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

Romi Savova 
Chief Executive Officer

2021

£ 000

127
692 
819

3,171
43,518
46,689

47,508

221
53,218
8,317
 (17,976)
43,780

560
43
603

97
3,028
3,125

3,728

47,508

2020

£ 000

195
118 
313

1,506
 6,736
 8,242

 8,555

-
30,322
4,378
 (28,245)
 6,455

-
-
-

109
1,991
2,100

2,100

8,555

113

Annual Report and Financial Statements 20214 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2021

At 1 January 2020

Loss for the Year

Total Comprehensive Loss

Issue of Shares

Share-based Payment Transactions

At 31 December 2020

At 1 January 2021

Income/(Loss) for the Year

Total Comprehensive Loss

Share-based Payment Transactions

Issue of Share Capital in PensionBee 

Limited

Group Reorganisation

Issue of Share Capital in PensionBeeGroup plc

Transaction Costs on Issue of Shares

Exercise of Share Options

At 31 December 2021

Note

15

15

15

15

Share Capital

Share Premium

£ 000

-

-

-

-

-

-

£ 000

23,111

-

-

   7,211

-

 30,322

Share Capital

Share Premium

£ 000

-

  -

-

-

-

180

33

-

  8

       221

£ 000

30,322

  -

-

-

4,765

(35,088)

54,967

(1,748)

    -

   53,218

Share-based Payment 

Reserve

£ 000

2,204

-

-

  -

2,174

4,378

Share-based 

Payment Reserve

£ 000

4,378

  -

3,939

-

-

-

-

  -

Retained Earnings

£ 000

(14,982)

(13,263)

(13,263)

 -

-

 (28,245)

Retained Earnings

£ 000

(28,245)

 (24,631)

(24,631)

-

-

34,908

-

-

 (8)

8,317

  (17,976)

Total 

£ 000

10,333

(13,263)

(13,263)

7,211

        2,174

         6,455

Total 

£ 000

6,455

 (24,631)

(24,631)

3,939

4,765

-

55,000

(1,748)

  -

  43,780

The notes on pages 116 to 132 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

114

PensionBee Group plc5 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2021

Cash Flows used in Operating Activities
Loss for the Year
Adjustments to Cash Flows from Non-cash Items
Depreciation
Loss on Disposal of Equipment                                                   
Finance Costs 
Share-based Payment Transactions
Taxation 
Operating Cash Flows before movements in Working Capital

Working Capital Adjustments
Increase in Trade and Other Receivables 
Increase in Trade and Other Payables 
Cash used in Operations
Income Taxes Received 
Net Cash Flow used in Operating Activities

Cash Flows used in Investing Activities
Acquisition of Equipment
Direct cost for acquiring Right of Use Asset
Net Cash Flow used in Investing Activities

Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Revolving Credit Facility Fees
Proceeds from Issue of Ordinary Shares
Transaction Costs on Issue of Shares
Payment of Principal and Interest of Lease Liabilities
Net Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents at 1 January 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at 31 December 

Note

7
8

10

14
19

10

12

17

2021

£ 000

(24,631)

256
10
1,416
3,939
 (348)
(19,358)

(1,277)
  997
(19,638)
- 
  (19,638)

 (69)
(6)
(75)

(1,409)
59,765
(1,748)
(113)
 56,495

36,782

 6,736

43,518

Changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes have been disclosed in Note 17 to the financial statements.

The notes on pages 116 to 132 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2020

£ 000

(13,263)

240
7
11
2,174
 (220)
(11,051)

(627)
 831
(10,847)
406
 (10,441)

  (75)
-
(75)

-
7,211
-
(150)
 7,061

(3,455)

 10,191

6,736

115

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
6 Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2021

1. General Information

PensionBee  Group  plc  (the  ‘Company’)  is  the  parent  company  of  PensionBee  Limited  (the 

“Subsidiary”) (together the ‘Group’). The Company is a public company, whose shares were traded 

on  the  High  Growth  Segment  of  the  London  Stock  Exchange  (‘LSE’)  and  is  incorporated  and 

domiciled in England and Wales.

The address of its registered office is:

209 Blackfriars Road 

London

SE1 8NL

United Kingdom

Principal Activity

The  principal  activity  of  the  Group  is  that  of  a  direct-to-consumer  online  pension  provider.  The 

Group seeks to make its UK customers ‘Pension Confident’ by giving them complete control and 

clarity over their retirement savings. The Group helps its customers to combine their pensions into 

one new online plan where they can contribute, forecast outcomes, invest effectively, and withdraw 

their pensions (from the age of 55), all from the palm of their hand.

2. Accounting Policies

Basis of Preparation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International 

Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the UK in conformity with the requirements of 

the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis and on 

a going concern basis.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical 

accounting  estimates.  It  also  requires  management  to  exercise  its  judgement  in  the  process  of 

applying the Group's accounting policies.

116

The financial statements are presented in GBP and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand 

(£’000), except when otherwise indicated. The functional currency of the Company is GBP because 

it is the primary currency in the economic environment in which the Company operates.

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Company and its 

subsidiary undertakings drawn up to 31 December 2021.

On  24  March  2021,  PensionBee  Group  plc  acquired  all  the  issued  shares  of  PensionBee  Limited 

through a share for share transaction (‘Group reorganisation’). For every issued share in PensionBee 

Limited, 800 shares of PensionBee Group plc were issued.  PensionBee Group plc issued 180,054,400 

ordinary  shares  of  £0.001  each.  The  newly  issued  ordinary  shares  were  accounted  for  at  their 

nominal  value.  As  part  of  the  Group  reorganisation,  the  Company  reduced  its  share  premium  to 

create additional distributable reserves. From the acquisition date, PensionBee Limited became a 

subsidiary of PensionBee Group plc. On the same date, all the share options granted by PensionBee 

Limited  to  its  employees  were  cancelled  and  replaced  by  share  options  granted  by  PensionBee 

Group plc. The cancellation and replacement of share options was accounted for as a modification 

with no impact on the vesting conditions and the share options valuation.

The  comparative  amounts  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2020  and  the  statement  of  financial 

position as at 31 December 2020 represent PensionBee Limited prior to the formation of the Group. 

The amounts for the year ended 31 December 2021 and the statement of financial position as at 31 

December 2021 represent the Group.

A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has 

the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its 

activities. The Company reassesses whether it controls an entity if facts and circumstances indicate 

there are changes to one or more elements of control.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between the Company 

and its subsidiary, which are related parties, are eliminated in full.

Intra-group losses are also eliminated but may indicate an impairment that requires recognition in 

the consolidated financial statements.

PensionBee Group plcSummary of Significant Accounting Policies

Standard

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out 

below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Amendments to IAS 16 - Proceeds before intended use

Going Concern

Annual improvements 2018 - 2020 Cycle

Amendments to IAS 37 - Costs of Fulfilling Contract (Onerous Lease 

The  Directors  have  a  reasonable  expectation  that  the  Group  has  adequate  financial  resources  to 

Assessments)

continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and are satisfied that the Group can 

continue  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they  fall  due  for  a  period  of  at  least  12  months  from  the  date  of 

approval of these financial statements. The Group has strong cash reserves and forecasts growth 

that should see the financial results improve in the future years.

Amendments to IAS 1 - Classification

Amendments  to  IAS  1  and  IFRS  Practice  Statement  2  -  Deciding 

which Accounting Policies to Disclose

Amendments to IAS 8 - Distinguishing between Accounting Policies 

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  been  considered  in  the  Directors’  assessment  of  going  concern. 

and Accounting Estimates

Effective Date, Annual Period 

beginning on or after

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

The  Group  has  been  operationally  resilient  as  proven  by  consistent  operational  efficiencies  that 

have been maintained during remote working times. The Directors concluded that the COVID-19 

pandemic will not impact the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. The impact of Russia's 

invasion of Ukraine on the markets and on the world more generally has also been considered in 

the  Directors'  assessment  of  going  concern.  While  the  Group's  own  exposure  to  Russia  in  terms 

of  investments  is  minimal,  rounding  to  0%,  broader  market  volatility  could  impact  Assets  under 

Administration and the Directors will continue to monitor the rapidly developing situation. 

Stress testing was done by considering severe and unlikely but possible scenarios. The Group has 

adequate  resources  to  survive  macroeconomic  downturns  and  the  Directors  concluded  that  the 

Group has sufficient financial resources to remain in operational existence. For these reasons, the 

Directors adopt the going concern basis of preparation for these financial statements.

Changes in Accounting Policy

None of the standards, interpretations, and amendments effective for the first time from 1 January 

2021 have had a material effect on the financial statements.

New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments not yet Effective

The new standards which are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the financial statements. 

Amendments to IAS 12 - Income Taxes: Deferred Tax related to Assets

1 January 2023

Revenue Recognition

Revenue  represents  amounts  receivable  for  services  net  of  VAT.  Revenue  is  derived  from 

administration of our customers’ retirement savings and the provision of one-off ancillary services 

to customers. The Group operates a service to combine and transfer customers' old pensions into 

new online plans, which are subsequently managed by third party money managers. The Group 

has applied the 5-step model outlined in IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers as is set 

out below:

Identification of the contract with a customer - During account opening, the customer is made 
aware of the promises the Group is making. Rights and obligations of each party are outlined. The 

point  at  which  the  customer  agrees  to  the  terms  and  conditions  is  the  point  at  which  both  the 

Group and the customer have approved the contract.

Identification  of  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract  -  The  Group  makes  one  promise 
to  its  customers,  the  administration  of  the  customers’  retirement  savings  through  its  third-party 
money managers. The Group performs administrative tasks during the process of on boarding its 
customers  to  its  technology  platform  which  are  necessary  for  the  fulfilment  of  administration  of 
the customers’ retirement savings. The Group does not consider these administrative tasks to be a 
separate performance obligation. As a result, it is considered that the Group has a single performance 
obligation, which is the administration of the customers’ retirement savings.

Determination  of  the  transaction  price  –  The  money  managers  inv?≥st  customers’  retirement 
savings  in  funds  (“Group  Plans”)  that  match  each  customer’s  selection.  The  Group  charges  an 
annual management fee that is charged daily against the units held by each customer. The annual 

117

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021management fee is based on a fixed percentage (%) which varies for each of the Group Plans; the 
fees range from 0.50% to 0.95%. There is a further fixed discount of 50% provided to customers who 
have over £100,000 in their pension pots. The discount is applied to the incremental amount over 
and above £100,000.

Allocation  of  the  transaction  price  -  As  there  is  only  one  performance  obligation,  the  whole 
transaction price is allocated to this performance obligation.

Recognition  of  revenue  when  a  performance  obligation  is  satisfied  -  The  administration  of 
customers’ retirement savings is continuous until the customer draws down their pension pot or 
transfers it to another UK registered provider. Revenue is recognised over time as the customer 
simultaneously  receives  and  consumes  the  benefits  provided  by  the  Group’s  performance  as 
the Group performs them. Revenue is calculated daily as a percentage (basis points) of the value 
of Assets under Administration (‘AUA’) as agreed by the customer.

Consideration Payable to Customers

The  Group  runs  a  number  of  incentive-linked  marketing  campaigns.  Under  these  campaigns,  a 
customer becomes entitled to either a pension contribution or cash back once they make their first 
live pension transfer. This consideration payable to the customer is not in exchange for a distinct 
good or service that the customer transfers to the Group. Therefore, it is accounted for as reduction 
to the transaction price. The full consideration is accounted for as revenue reduction in the year it is 
payable because the difference between spreading it over the contract life and recognising it in full 
in the year it is incurred is not material. Materiality assessment is done annually.

Recurring Revenue

The Group's revenue is recurring in nature as the annual charges are calculated daily as a percentage 
(basis points) of the value of AUA and will continue to be earned on an ongoing basis whilst the Group 
administers  those  assets.  Recurring  revenue  is  derived  from  management  fees  and  is  recognised 
based on daily accruals of customers' pension balances as the performance obligation, being the 
provision of pension scheme administration services to customers, is met. These management fees 
are charged daily and collected by the Group on a monthly basis.

Other Revenue

Other  Revenue  relates  to  one-off  ancillary  and  ad-hoc  services  including  pension  splitting  on 
divorce,  early  withdrawals  owing  to  ill-health,  and  full  draw-down  within  one  year  of  becoming 
an Invested Customer. For this revenue stream, the performance obligation is the execution of the 
requested task. There are fee structures in place which are used to determine the transaction price. 
Revenue is recognised at a point in time when the requested task is executed (when the service is 
provided to the customer).

118

Foreign Currency Transactions and Balances

In preparing the financial statements of the Group entities, transactions in currencies other than the 
entity’s  functional  currency  (foreign  currencies)  are  recognised  at  the  rates  of  exchange  prevailing 
on  the  dates  of  the  transactions.  At  each  reporting  date,  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  that  are 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-monetary 
items  carried  at  fair  value  that  are  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  are  translated  at  the  rates 
prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in 
terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated. Exchange differences are recognised 
in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, transactions in foreign currencies 
are translated to the Group’s presentation currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of 
the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet 
date are retranslated to the presentation currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. 
Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the statement of comprehensive 

income. There are no material foreign exchange transactions in the financial statements.

Tax

Tax  on  the  loss  for  the  year  comprises  research  and  development  credit.  There  was  no  current  or 

deferred  tax  charge  for  the  year  (2020  £nil).  Tax  is  recognised  in  the  statement  of  comprehensive 

income except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive 

income, in which case it is recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income.

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from 

or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those 

that are enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date in the United Kingdom where the 

Group operates and generates taxable income.

Management  periodically  evaluates  positions  taken  in  the  tax  returns  with  respect  to  situations 

in  which  applicable  tax  regulations  are  subject  to  interpretation  and  establishes  liabilities  where 

appropriate.

Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of 

assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date.

Deferred  tax  assets  are  recognised  for  all  deductible  temporary  differences,  the  carry  forward  of 

unused tax credits and any unused tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it 

is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, 

and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised.

PensionBee Group plcThe carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the 

An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognised is derecognised 

extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part 

upon disposal (i.e., at the date the recipient obtains control) or when no future economic benefits are 

of  the  deferred  tax  asset  to  be  utilised.  Unrecognised  deferred  tax  assets  are  re-assessed  at  each 

expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as 

reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable 

the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included 

profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

in the statement of comprehensive income when the asset is derecognised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year 

The residual values, useful lives, and methods of depreciation of property, plant and equipment are 

when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been 

reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

The  Group  offsets  deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  if  and  only  if  it  has  a  legally 

enforceable right to set off current tax assets and current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets 

The  Group  assesses  at  each  reporting  date,  whether  there  is  an  indication  that  an  asset  may  be 

and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the 

impaired. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated based on 

same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities 

future cashflows with a suitable range of discount rates and the expectations of future performance. 

and assets on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each 

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its 

future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be 

recoverable amount. Impairment loss is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

Impairment of non-Financial Assets

settled or recovered.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  on  hand  and  short  term  highly  liquid  deposits  with  a 

Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 

maturity of less than 3 months.

losses.  The  Group  assesses  at  each  reporting  date  whether  there  are  impairment  indicators  for 

tangible fixed assets.

Depreciation

Depreciation is charged to the statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the 

Trade Receivables

Trade  and  other  receivables  are  recognised  initially  at  the  transaction  price  less  attributable 

transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using the 

effective  interest  method,  less  any  impairment  losses  in  the  case  of  trade  receivables  and  other 

estimated useful lives of each part of an item of tangible fixed assets. The estimated useful lives are 

receivables.

as follows:

Asset Class

Computer Equipment

Furniture and Fittings

Trade Payables

Depreciation Method and Rate

three years straight line

four years straight line

Trade and other payables are recognised initially at transaction price plus attributable transaction 

costs.  Subsequently  they  are  measured  at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective  interest  method.

Trade and other payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in 

the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if 

payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If 

Leasehold Improvements

straight line over life of the lease

not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Right of Use Assets

straight line over life of the lease

119

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Provisions

Short Term and Low Value Leases

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result 

The Group has made an accounting policy election, by class of underlying asset, not to recognise 

of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation and a reliable 

lease  assets  and  lease  liabilities  for  leases  with  a  lease  term  of  12  months  or  less  (i.e.,  short-term 

estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

leases).

Provisions  are  measured  at  the  Directors’  best  estimate  of  the  expenditure  required  to  settle  the 

The Group has made an accounting policy election on a lease-by-lease basis, not to recognise lease 

obligation at the reporting date and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

assets on leases for which the underlying asset is worth £5,000 or less (i.e., low value leases).

Leases

Initial Recognition and Measurement

Lease payments on short term and low value leases are accounted for on a straight-line bases over 

the term of the lease or other systematic basis if considered more appropriate. Short term and low 

value lease payments are included in operating expenses in the statement of comprehensive income.

The Group initially recognises a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-

Share Capital

of-use asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term.

The  lease  liability  is  measured  at  the  present  value  of  the  lease  payments  to  be  made  over  the 

or other resources received or receivable, net of the direct costs of issuing the equity instruments. If 

lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments, purchase options at exercise price (where 

payment is deferred and the time value of money is material, the initial measurement is on a present 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Equity instruments are measured at the fair value of the cash 

payment is reasonably certain), expected amount of residual value guarantees, termination option 

value basis.

penalties  (where  payment  is  considered  reasonably  certain)  and  variable  lease  payments  that 

depend on an index or rate. 

Defined Contribution Pension Obligation

The  right-of-use  asset  is  initially  measured  at  the  amount  of  the  lease  liability,  adjusted  for  lease 

prepayments, lease incentives received, the group’s initial direct costs (e.g., commissions) and an 

The  Group  operates  a  defined  contribution  plan  for  its  employees,  under  which  the  Group  pays 

fixed contributions into the PensionBee Personal Pension. Once the contributions have been paid 

estimate of restoration, removal, and dismantling costs.

the Group has no further payment obligations.

Subsequent Measurement

After the commencement date, the Group measures the lease liability by:

a. 

Increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability.

b.  Reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made; and

c.  Re-measuring  the  carrying  amount  to  reflect  any  reassessment  or  lease  modifications  or  to 
reflect revised in substance fixed lease payments or on the occurrence of other specific events.

Interest on the lease liability in each period during the lease term is the amount that produces a 

constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the lease liability. Interest charges are 

included in finance cost in the statement of comprehensive income, unless the costs are included in 

the carrying amount of another asset applying other applicable standards. Variable lease payments 

not included in the measurement of the lease liability, are included in operating expenses in the 

period in which the event or condition that triggers them arises. Repayment of lease liabilities within 

financing activities in the cashflow statement include both the principal and interest.

120

The contributions are recognised as an expense in the statement of comprehensive income when 

they  fall  due.  Amounts  not  paid  are  shown  in  creditors  as  a  liability  in  the  statement  of  financial 

position. The assets of the plan are held separately from the Group.

Share-based Payment

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value 

of the equity instruments granted at the date at which they are granted and is recognised as an 

expense over the vesting period, which ends on the date on which the relevant employees become 

fully  entitled  to  the  award.  Fair  value  is  determined  by  using  the  market  price  of  the  shares  at  a 

point in time adjacent to the issue of the award. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account 

is  taken  of  any  vesting  conditions,  other  than  conditions  linked  to  the  price  of  the  shares  of  the 

Group (market conditions) and non-vesting conditions. No expense is recognised for awards that 

do  not  ultimately  vest,  except  for  awards  where  vesting  is  conditional  upon  a  market  or  non-

vesting condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether the market or non-vesting 

PensionBee Group plccondition is satisfied, provided that all other vesting conditions are satisfied. At each balance sheet 

date  before  vesting,  the  cumulative  expense  is  calculated,  representing  the  extent  to  which  the 

vesting  period  has  expired  and  management's  best  estimate  of  the  achievement  or  otherwise 

of non-market conditions and of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest or in 

the case of an instrument subject to a market condition, be treated as vesting as described above. 

The movement in cumulative expense since the previous balance sheet date is recognised in the 

Impairment of Financial Assets

Measurement of Expected Credit Losses

Expected credit losses (‘ECLs’) are based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due 

in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted 

statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding entry in equity under the Share-based 

at an approximation of the original effective interest rate.

Payment reserve.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, or a new award is designated as replacing 

a cancelled or settled award, the cost based on the original award terms continues to be recognised 

over the original vesting period. In addition, an expense is recognised over the remainder of the new 

vesting period for the incremental fair value of any modification, based on the difference between 

the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the modified award, both as measured on the 

date of the modification. No reduction is recognised if this difference is negative. Where an equity-

settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not 

yet recognised in the statement of comprehensive income for the award is expensed immediately. 

Any compensation paid up to the fair value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date is 

deducted from equity (Share-based Payment reserve), with any excess over fair value expensed in 

the statement of comprehensive income.

The Company has established a Share-based Payment Reserve but does not transfer any amounts 

from this reserve on the exercise or lapse of options. On exercise, shares issued are recognised in 

share capital at their nominal value. Share premium is recognised to the extent the exercise price is 

above the nominal value. Where the Company is settling part of the exercise price, a transfer is made 

from retained earnings to share capital.

Research and Development

Research  and  development  expenditure  is  recognised  as  an  expense  as  incurred,  except  that 

development expenditure incurred on an individual project is capitalised as an intangible asset when 

the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will 

be available for use or sale, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, the availability of 

resources to complete development of the asset and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure 

during development. Capitalised development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortised 

from the point at which the asset is ready for use. No development expenditure has been capitalised 

during the years 2020 and 2021, on the basis that the specified criteria for capitalisation has not been 

met, as costs spent on the development phase of projects cannot be reliably estimated. All research 

and development costs are therefore recognised as an expense as incurred.

For  trade  and  other  receivables,  the  Group  applies  a  simplified  approach  in  calculating  the  ECLs. 

Therefore, the Group recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date.

3. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key 
Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

In the application of the Group's accounting policies, the Directors are required to make judgements, 

estimates and assumptions about the carrying amount of assets and liabilities that are not readily 

apparent  from  other  sources.  The  estimates  and  associated  assumptions  are  based  on  historical 

experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these 

estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions 

to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised where the 

revision  affects  only  that  period,  or  in  the  period  of  the  revision  and  future  periods  where  the 

revision affects both current and future periods.

The Group does not have any critical accounting judgements or key estimation uncertainties.

4. Revenue

The analysis of the Group’s Revenue for the year from continuing operations is as follows:

Recurring Revenue

Other Revenue

2021

£ 000

2020

£ 000

12,592

161

6,155

113

12,753

6,268

121

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Recurring Revenue relates to revenue from the annual management fee charged to customers. There 

The  average  number  of  persons  employed  by  the  Group  (including  Directors)  during  the  year, 

are no individual revenues from customers which exceed 10% of PBL 's total Revenue for the year.

analysed by category was as follows:

Segment Information

Operating segments and reporting segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal 

reporting provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker ('CODM'). The Group considers that the role 

of CODM is performed by the Board of Directors. The CODM regularly reviews the Group's operating 

Executive Management

results to assess performance and to allocate resources. All earnings, balance sheet and cash flow 

information received and reviewed by the Board of Directors is prepared at a company level. 

The CODM considers that it has a single business unit comprising the provision of direct-to-consumer 

online pension consolidation and, therefore, recognises one operating and reporting segment with all 

revenue, losses before tax and net assets being attributable to this single reportable business segment. 

Further, the Group operates in a single geographical location only, being the United Kingdom.

Technology and Product

Marketing

Customer Service

Legal, Compliance and Risk

Administration and Other

2021

No.

2020

No.

9

30

9

85

7

15

5

23

6

60

5

11

           155 

110

5. Employee Benefits Expense

6. Directors’ Remuneration

The aggregate payroll costs (including Directors’ remuneration) were as follows:

The Directors' remuneration for the year was as follows: 

2021

£ 000

6,477

767

203

7,447

3,939

11,386

Wages and Salaries

Social Security Costs

Pension Costs, Defined Contribution Scheme

Share-based Payment Expense

122

2020

£ 000

3,957

Remuneration

385

133

4,475

2,174

6,649 

2021
£ 000

2020
£ 000

569

6

575

288

5

293

Group Contributions paid to Defined Contribution Pension Schemes

During the year the number of Directors who were receiving benefits and share incentives was 

as follows:

2021

No.

2020

No.

Members of Defined Contribution Pension Schemes

3 

  3 

PensionBee Group plc 
In respect of the highest paid Director:

8. Finance costs 

Interest Expense on Lease Liabilities

Revolving Credit Facility Fees

Total Finance Costs

2021

£ 000

7

1,409

1,416

2020

£ 000

11

-

11

Remuneration

Group Contributions to Defined Contribution Pension Schemes

Exercise of Share Options:

Amount of Gains made on the Exercise of Share Options

7. Other Expenses

Arrived at after charging:

Loss on Disposal of Equipment

Auditor’s Remuneration

Money Manager Costs

Other Expenses

2021
£ 000

168

2

2020
£ 000

98

2

2021

£ 000

198

2020

£ 000

-

2021

£ 000

10

187

2,300 

2020

£ 000

7

70

940

6,365

2,974

8,862

 3,991

Included  in  Other  Expenses  is  technology  and  platform  costs,  professional  services  fees, 

irrecoverable VAT, and general and administrative costs.

123

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
 
9. Auditor’s Remuneration 

The tax on loss for the year was computed at the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK (2020 – at 

the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK) of 19% (2020 19%).

2021

£ 0000

2020

£ 0000

The differences are reconciled below:

Audit of the Company’s Financial Statements

Audit of the Company’s Subsidiary Financial Statements

Total Audit Fees

Tax Advisory Services

Audit Related Assurance Services

Other Assurance Services

Total Non-Audit Fees

33

95

128

167

42

633

842

-

70

70

38

-

315

353

2021

£ 000

2020

£ 000

Loss before Tax

(24,979)

(13,483)

Corporation Tax at Standard Rate

(4,746)

(2,562)

Increase from effect of different UK Tax Rates on some Earnings

Increase  from  effect  of  expenses  not  deductable  in  determining 

Taxable Profit (Tax Loss)

Deferred tax expense (credit) from unrecognised Tax Loss or Credit

Auditor’s remuneration has been shown net of VAT. Except for £28,000 (2020: £Nil) relating to the 

Decrease  from  effect  of  adjustments  in  Research  Development  Tax 

half  year  review  of  the  Group’s  financial  statements  and  contained  in  Audit  Related  Assurance 

Services,  all  non-audit  fees  are  attributed  to  services  received  in  preparation  for  admission  to 

the London Stock Exchange and have been recorded in listing costs. No services were provided 

Credit

Total Tax Credit

pursuant to contingent fee arrangements.  

10. Tax

Tax charged/(credited) in the statement of comprehensive income:

Current Taxation

UK Corporation Tax

Deferred Taxation

2021

£ 000

2020

£ 000

Fixed Assets

Temporary Difference Trading

Total Deferred Tax Liability

(348)

(194)

Losses available for offsetting against Future Taxable Income

Total Deferred Tax Asset

Net deferred tax

Arising from Origination and Reversal of Temporary Differences

Arising from Tax Rate Changes

Total Deferred Taxation

-

-

-

Tax Credit in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

(348)

(29)

3

(26)

(220)

124

The  Group  has  £38,629,000  of  non-expiring  carried  forward  tax  losses  at  31  December  2021 

(2020: £21,419,000) against which no deferred tax has been recognised. A deferred tax asset has 

not been recognised on the basis that there is insufficient certainty over the recovery of these 

tax losses in the near future.

-

1,464

3,282

(348)

(348)

3

636

1,897

(194)

(220)

2021

£ 000

2020

£ 000

(13)

-

(13)

13

13

-

(24)

6

(18)

18

18

-

PensionBee Group plc 
 
 
 
 
11. Earnings per Share

12. Property, Plant and Equipment

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of 

the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period.

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the loss attributable to ordinary equity holders 

of the Group adjusted for the effect that would result from the weighted average number of ordinary 

Cost

shares  plus  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  that  would  be  issued  on  the  conversion  of 

At 1 January 2020

all  the  dilutive  potential  shares  under  option.  At  each  balance  sheet  date  reported  below,  the 

following potential ordinary shares under option are anti-dilutive and are therefore excluded from 

the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share.

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

2021

2020

At 31 December 2020

Number of Potential Ordinary Shares

3,911,235

15,293

At 1 January 2021

Loss Attributable to Equity Holders of PensionBee Group plc (£)

(24,631,000)

(13,263,000)

Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding during the Year

207,743,435

216,058

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Basic and Diluted Earnings/(Loss) per Share (pence per Share)

(11.86)

(6,138.63)

At 31 December 2021

Basic Earnings per Share was (11.86)p for 2021 (2020: (6,138.63)p). These two EPS figures are not 

directly comparable due to a change in share capital as part of the reorganisation ahead of the IPO, 

together with the issuance of new shares as part of the IPO itself in April 2021. Adjusting the 2020 

EPS for the impact of the IPO gives a comparable EPS of (7.67)p.

Depreciation

At 1 January 2020

Charge for year

Eliminated on Disposal

At 31 December 2020

Determination of the Comparable EPS

2021

2020

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year

Number of Potential Ordinary Shares*

3,911,235

12,234,400

Eliminated on Disposal

Loss Attributable to Equity Holders of PensionBee Group plc (£)

(24,631,000)

(13,263,000)

Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding during the year*

207,743,435 172,846,400

Basic and Diluted Earnings/(Loss) per Share (pence per Share)

(11.86)

(7.67)

*Through Group reorganisation, every issued share in PensionBee Limited was exchanged for 800 

Transfers

At 31 December 2021

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2020

shares in PensionBee Group plc. Every share option was cancelled and replaced by 800 share options.

At 1 January 2020

Fixtures and 

Leasehold 

Computer 

Fittings

Improvements

Equipment

£ 000

£ 000

£ 000

Total

£ 000

69

-

-

2

71

71

-

(6)

(5)

60

28

15

-

43

43

12

-

(4)

51

9

28

41

128

8

(8)

(2)

126

126

-

-

-

126

10

63

(2)

71

71

55

-

-

133

67

(2)

-

198

198

69

(7)

5

265

43

44

(1)

86

86

60

(3)

4

126

147

-

55

118

118

112

90

330

75

(10)

-

395

395

69

(13)

-

451

81

122

(3)

200

200

127

(3)

-

324

127

195

249

125

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
13. Right of Use Asset

14. Trade and Other Receivables

At 1 January 2020

At 31 December 2020

At 1 January 2021

Additions 

Disposals

At 31 December 2021

Depreciation

At 1 January 2020

Charge for year

At 31 December 2020

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year

Eliminated on Disposal

At 31 December 2021

Carrying Amount

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2020

At 1 January 2020

126

£ 000

295

295

295

703

(295)

703

59

118

177

177

129

(295)

11

692

118

236

Trade Receivables

Prepayments

Accrued Income

Other Receivables

2021 

£ 000

1,335

887

-

2020

£ 000

708

360

11

                       949

                       427

                    3,171

                    1,506

Trade and other receivables are measured at amortised cost and management assessed that the 

carrying value is approximately their fair value due to the short-term maturities of these balances.

15. Share Capital

Allotted, Called Up and Fully Paid Shares

         2021

2020

No. 000

£ 000

No. 000

£ 000

Ordinary of £0.001 each

          221,565

                 221

             221

               -

          221,565

                 221

             221

               -

Shares at 31 December 2020 represent those of PensionBee Limited, shares at 31 December 2021 

represent those of PensionBee Group plc.

On  24  March  2021,  PensionBee  Group  plc  acquired  all  the  issued  shares  of  PensionBee  Limited 

through a share for share transaction.  Every issued share in PensionBee Limited was exchanged for 

800 shares in PensionBee Group plc. Every share option was cancelled and replaced by 800 share 

options.  Through  the  Group  reorganisation,  PensionBee  Group  plc  issued  180,054,400  ordinary 

shares  of  £0.001  each  and  reduced  its  share  premium  to  create  additional  distributable  reserves. 

On 26 April 2021, PensionBee Group plc issued 33,333,333 ordinary shares of £0.001 each as part 

of its  Initial Public Offering (‘IPO’). Each share was issued at £1.65. Transaction costs incurred and 

directly attributable to the issuance of shares for the IPO amounted to £1,748,000. These costs were 

recognised  as  a  reduction  to  the  share  premium.  During  the  year,  PensionBee  Group  plc  issued 

further  ordinary  shares  from  share  options  exercised  totaling  8,138,194  ordinary  shares  of  £0.001 

each. The exercise price for each exercised share options was £0.001.

PensionBee Group plcEach ordinary share carries one vote per share and ranks pari passu with respect to dividends and capital.

16. Reserves

Share Premium

The share premium account represents the excess of the issue price over the par value on shares 

issued, less transaction costs arising on the issue.

Share-based Payment Reserve

As at 1 January

Additions

Accretion of interest

Payments

As at 31 December

2021 

£ 000

109

654

7

2020

£ 000

248

-

11

                       (113)

                       (150)

                         657

                          109

The  Share-based  Payment  Reserve  is  used  to  recognise  the  value  of  equity-settled  share-based 

payments provided to employees, including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration.

Lease Liabilities included in the Statement of Financial Position:

Retained Earnings

The balance in the retained earnings account represents the distributable reserves of the Group.

17. Leases

At  31  December  2020,  the  Group  had  a  single  property  lease  which  was  exited  during  2021  on 

exercise of the break option. On inception, the lease liability was determined using a discount rate 

linked to London office rental yields, adjusted for risk premium for certain company specific factors. 

The discount rate was 6%.

In December 2021, the Group entered into a new property lease with a 5-year lease term ending 

in December 2026 with an option to terminate the lease after three years. The Group is reasonably 

certain that this option will not be exercised therefore the lease term was determined to be five 

Non-current

Current

2021 

£ 000

560

2020

£ 000

-

                             97

                          109

                           657

                          109

The following are the amounts recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income:

years. On inception, the lease liability was determined using a discount rate linked to London office 

Depreciation on Right of Use Asset

rental yields, adjusted for risk premium for certain company specific factors as well as taking into 

consideration the interest rate associated with the revolving credit facility entered in March 2021 

and cancelled in September 2021. The discount rate was 7%.

The carrying amounts of right-of-use assets recognised and the movements during each year are 

set out in Note 13. Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements 

during the year

Interest on Lease Liability

Low Value Leases

Payments

2021 

£ 000

129

7

2020

£ 000

118

11

                             -

                           6

                         136

                       135

127

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
 
18. Provisions

20. Pension and Other Schemes

At 1 January 2021

Additional Provisions

At 31 December 2021

Non-current Liabilities

Dilapidations 

£ 000

-

Total

£ 000

-

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The pension cost charge for the 

year represents contributions payable by the Group to the scheme and amounted to £203,000 

(2020 £133,000).

                           43

                           43

Contributions totaling £Nil (2020 £34,000) were payable to the scheme at the end of the year and 

                           43

                           43

are included in trade payables.

                           43

                           43

21. Share-based Payment

The Group is required to restore the leased premises of its offices to their original condition at the 

end of the lease term. The lease term ends on 2 December 2026. A provision has been recognised 

at the present value of the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements. 

These costs have been capitalised as part of the Right of Use Asset and are amortised over the useful 

PensionBee 2015 EMI Share Option Scheme

Scheme Details and Movements

life of the asset.

19. Trade and Other Payables

Trade Payables

Accrued Expenses

Social Security and Other Taxes

Under the PensionBee 2015 EMI Share Option Scheme share options were granted to the senior 

management of the Group. The exercise price of the share options was £0.001 on the date of grant.

The share options vested as follows:

a.  33% of the shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date; and
b. 

the remaining 67% of the shares monthly in equal instalments over the following two  years, 

so the options were fully vested on the third anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

At 31 December 2020 all options had been fully exercised and there is no intention to issue any 

further options under this scheme.

PensionBee EMI and Non-EMI Share Option Scheme

2021 

£ 000

356

1,873

83

2020

£ 000

749

1,200

-

Other Payables

                       716

                        42

Scheme Details and Movements

                    3,028

                    1,991

Trade  and  other  payables  are  measured  at  amortised  cost  and  management  assessed  that  the 

carrying value is approximately their fair value due to the short-term maturities of these balances.

128

Under  the  PensionBee  EMI  and  Non-EMI  Share  Option  Scheme  share  options  were  granted  to 

eligible employees who have passed their probation period at the Group. The exercise price of all 

share options is £0.001 per share.

The  share  options  vest  in  tranches,  25%  of  the  shares  vest  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  vesting 

commencement date with the remaining 75% of the shares vesting quarterly in equal instalments 

over the following three years.

The fair value of equity-settled share options granted is estimated as at the date of grant, considering 

the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted.

PensionBee Group plcThe fair value of the share options granted is estimated on the date of grant by reference to the 

prevailing share price. Before the Company was listed, the fair value was determined by reference to 

Deferred Share Bonus Plan

the price paid by external part of periodic funding rounds.

Scheme Details and Movements

The  weighted  average  fair  value  of  share  options  during  the  year  of  grant  was  £1.65  in  2021 

(2020 £1,081).  These two values are not directly comparable due to a change in share capital as 

part of the reorganisation ahead of the IPO. Adjusting the 2020 fair value for the impact of the 

IPO gives a comparable fair value of £1.35.

Under the PensionBee Deferred Share Bonus Plan ('DSBP') awards are granted to eligible employees 

who are or were an employee (including an Executive Director) of the Group and have been granted 

a bonus. DSBP awards are granted at the end of the financial year once the annual bonus outturn 

has been determined. The exercise price of all DSBP awards is £nil per award.

Prior to the Company being listed, share options could only be exercised upon the occurrence of 

an exit event, a takeover, reconstruction, liquidation and sale of the business, to the extent they had 

vested. In the event that there was no exit event before the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, 

For the two Executive Directors that were in office at year end their DSBP awards cliff vest on the 

third anniversary of the date of grant. For the rest of the employees their DSBP awards vest in three 

equal  installments  over  a  service  period  of  three  years  from  grant  date  .  DSBP  awards  vest  upon 

the Directors could determine that an option holder may exercise their option in the 30-day period 

satisfying the service condition.

before such anniversary. The exercise period is up to ten years from the grant date.

The fair value of the DSBP awards is the share price on grant date. DSBP awards can be exercised to 

Following the listing of the Company during the year, share options can be exercised upon satisfying 

the extent they have vested.

the service condition.

The movements in the number of share options during the year were as follows:

No DSBP awards were granted during the year (2020: Nil).

Charge/Credit arising from Share-based Payment

Outstanding, start of the year

Outstanding after Reorganisation*

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Expired during the year

2021 

Number

15,293

12,234,400

312,000

(8,463,383)

2020

Number

11,059

-

4,394

-

The total charge for the year for the Share-based Payment was £3,939,000 (2020: £2,174,000), all of 

which related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions

22. Financial Risks Review

            (171,782)

                   (160)

This  note  presents  information  about  the  Group’s  exposure  to  financial  risks  and  the  Group’s 

management of capital. Financial risk exposure results from the operations of the subsidiary. The 

Outstanding, end of the year

            3,911,235

                15,293

Company  is  not  trading  and  therefore  is  structured  to  avoid,  in  so  far  as  possible,  all  forms  of 

financial risk.

The weighted average share price on date of exercise of share options exercised during the year was 

£1.64 (2020: £Nil) and the weighted average remaining contractual life is two years and five months 

Financial risk management objectives

(2020 one year and nine months).

*Following the reorganisation ahead of IPO, each share option was split into eight hundred share 

options.

The Group has identified the financial risks arising from its activities and has established policies and 

procedures to manage these risks in accordance with its risk appetite. These risks included market 

risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group does not enter or trade financial instruments, including 

derivative financial instruments. Assisted by the Audit and Risk Committee, the Board of Directors 

has overall responsibility for establishing and overseeing the Group’s risk management framework 

and risk appetite.

129

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021The Group’s financial risk management policies are intended to ensure that risks, including emerging 

risks  are  identified,  evaluated  and  subject  to  ongoing  close  monitoring  and  mitigation  where 

appropriate. The Board of Directors regularly reviews financial risk management policies, procedures 

and systems to reflect changes in the business, risk horizon, markets and financial instruments used 

by the Group. The Group's senior management is responsible for the day-to-day management of 

these risks in accordance with the Group’s risk management framework.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate 

because  of  changes  in  market  prices.  Market  risk  comprises  three  types  of  risk:  interest  rate  risk, 

currency risk and price risk.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest  rate  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  fair  value  or  future  cash  flows  of  a  financial  instrument  will 

fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Group considers interest rate risk to be 

insignificant due to low debt and no interest-bearing assets.

On  22  March  2021,  the  Group  entered  into  a  revolving  credit  facility  for  up  to  £10  million  with 

National  Westminster  Bank  plc  as  part  of  prudent  capital  management  to  provide  it  with  further 

liquidity resources going forward. On 20 September 2021, management decided to close the facility 

on the basis that the additional liquidity resources were no longer required. No amounts were drawn 

from the facility during the period in which the credit was available. Amounts charged to the income 

statement in respect of the cost of this facility totaled £1,409,000 for the year. However, impact on 

interest rate in future years is not expected to be significant due to the cancellation of the facility.

Price Risk

As the main source of revenue is based on the value of assets under administration (Assets under 

Administration  ('AUA')  is  a  measure  of  the  total  assets  for  which  a  financial  institution  provides 

administrative services). The Group has an indirect exposure to price risk on investments held on 

behalf of clients. These assets are not on the Group's statement of financial position. The risk of lower 

revenues is partially mitigated by asset class diversification. The Group does not hedge its revenue 

exposure to movements in the value of client assets arising from these risks, and so the interests of 

the Group are aligned to those of its clients.

A  10%  change  in  equity  markets  would  have  an  approximate  7.5%  impact  on  revenue.  The  10% 

change in equity markets is a reasonable approximation of possible change.

130

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts in full when due. The Group’s 
exposure to credit risk arises principally from its cash balances held with banks and trade receivables. 
The Group’s trade receivables are the contractual cashflow obligations that the payors must meet. 
The payors are BlackRock, Legal & General, and State Street Corporation which are high credit rated 
financial institutions whose assets they hold behalf of the Group are a small percentage of their net 
assets  and  on  this  basis  credit  risk  is  considered  to  be  low.  Utilising  the  Simplified  Approach  the 
Group has shown there is no expected credit loss due to no historic credit losses, and no material 
need for a lifetime loss allowance.

At the end of the reporting period no assets were determined to be impaired and there was no 
balance past due.

In  certain  cases,  the  Group  may  also  consider  a  financial  asset  to  be  in  default  when  internal  or 
external  information  indicates  that  the  Group  is  unlikely  to  receive  the  outstanding  contractual 
amounts in full. A financial asset is written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovering 
the contractual cash flows.

Due to the Group's financial assets primarily being trade receivables which all have an expected lifetime 
of less than 12 months, the Group has elected to measure the expected credit losses at 12 months only.

Set out below is the information about the credit risk exposure on the Group's trade receivables:

Days Past Due

Current

< 30 days

30-60 days

61-90 days

>91 days

£ 000

£ 000

£ 000

£ 000

£ 000

Total

£ 000

1,335

348

-

-

-

-

Days

-

-

-

1,335

601

949

Current

< 30 days

30-60 days

61-90 days

>91 days

£ 000

£ 000

£ 000

£ 000

£ 000

708

382

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

45

Total

£ 000

708

427

31-Dec-21

Gross Trade 

Receivables

Other 

Receivables

31-Dec-20

Gross Trade 

Receivables

Other 

Receivables

PensionBee Group plcThe Group’s trade receivables are concentrated in the three money managers:

BlackRock

State Street Corporation

Legal & General

Total

2021

%

71%

16%

13%

100%

2020

Trade and Other 

Payables

Lease Liabilities

2020

%

68%

21%

11%

100%

Within 1 year

£ 000

1,991

109

2,100

Between 1 

After more 

and 5 years

than 5 years

£ 000

£ 000

-

-

  - 

-

-

  - 

Total

£ 000

1,991

109

2,100

Other  receivables  comprise  R&D  tax  credit  due  from  HMRC,  office  rental  deposit  and  funds  due 

from a director (Mark Wood). The probability of default by these parties is deemed low. The credit 

For the purpose of the Group's capital management, capital includes issued capital, share premium 

risk on liquid funds financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high 

and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity holders of the parent.

credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies. The principal banks currently used by 

the Group are Barclays plc and Silicon Valley Bank, both currently have long-term credit ratings of at 

The primary objective of the Group's capital management is to maximise the shareholder value.

Capital Risk Management

least BBB (Standard & Poor’s). The Group’s liquid funds are concentrated in Barclays plc which holds 

93% of the total balance as at year end (2020: 93%).

Liquidity Risk

The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments considering changes in economic 

conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may return capital to shareholders 

or issue new shares.

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations to settle its 

Externally Imposed Capital Requirements

liabilities. This is managed through cash flow forecasting.

Maturity Analysis

The following table sets out the remaining contractual maturities of the group’s financial liabilities 

The capital adequacy of the business is monitored on a quarterly basis as part of general business 

planning  by  the  finance  team.  The  Group  conducts  a  capital  adequacy  assessment  process,  as 

required by the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) to assess and maintain the appropriate levels.

by type.

2021

Trade and Other 

Payables

Lease Liabilities

Within 1 year

Between 1 

After more 

and 5 years

than 5 years

£ 000

£ 000

£ 000

3,028

140

3,168

-

636

636

-

-

  - 

Total

£ 000

3,028

776

3,804

23. Related Party Transactions

Key Management Compensation

Salaries and Other Short-term Employee Benefits

Other Long-term Benefits

Share-based Payment

2021 

£ 000

1,428

21

2020

£ 000

643

16

                   2,489

                      863

                   3,938

                   1,522

131

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Related Party - PensionBee Trustees

Adjusted EBITDA

The  following  related  party  transactions  occur  between  the  Company  and  PensionBee  Trustees 

Adjusted  EBITDA  represents  loss  for  the  year  before  taxation,  finance  costs,  depreciation,  share-

Limited:

based compensation and listing costs.  

(i) Payment of the PensionBee Trustees Limited bank fees on a quarterly basis. During the year bank fees 

Adjusted EBITDAM

amounted to £15,000 (2020: £20,000). There was no outstanding balance at year end (2020: £nil).

(ii) Compensation payments as a gesture of goodwill to customers that prefer to be compensated 

Adjusted  EBITDAM  represents  loss  for  the  year  before  taxation,  finance  costs,  depreciation, 

via  a  pension  contribution  or  the  purchasing  additional  units.  During  the  year,  these  costs 

advertising and marketing, share based compensation and listing costs.

amounted to £16,000 (2020: £45,000). There was no outstanding balance at year end (2020: £nil).

(iii) Other payments to customers (e.g., referral rewards). Payments are made from the Company and 

invested into the customer’s fund from the PensionBee Trustees account. These payments can 

be found in 'Other Expenses' and 'Advertising and Marketing'. During these costs amounted to 

£314,000 (2020: £141,000). There was no outstanding balance at year end (2020: £nil).

Transactions with Directors

During the year ended 31 Dec 2021, the Group made a payment to HMRC on behalf of Mark Wood 

for £105,279. Mark will reimburse the subsidiary.

24. Events After The Reporting Period

Operating Loss 

Depreciation Expense 

Share-based Payment (1)

Listing Costs (2) 

Adjusted EBITDA

2021

£ 000

(23,563)

256

3,939

2,947

2020

£ 000

(13,472)

240

2,174

   637  

(16,421)

(10,421)

There  were  no  events  of  material  impact  to  the  financial  statements  that  occurred  after  the 

reporting date.

Marketing Costs

Adjusted EBITDA before Marketing

12,865

(3,556)

8,223

(2,198)

25. Alternative Performance Measures

(1) Relates to total annual charge in relation to Share-based Payment expense as detailed in Note 21.
(2) Relates to expenses incurred in relation to preparation for admission to the London Stock Exchange.

The Company uses a variety of alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) which are not defined or 

specified by IFRS, in particular Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortisation 

("Adjusted EBITDA"). The Directors use a combination of APMs and IFRS measures when reviewing 

the performance and position of the Company and believe that each of these measures provides 

useful information with respect to the Company’s business and operations. The Directors consider 

that these APMs illustrate the underlying performance of the business by excluding items considered 

by management not to be reflective of the underlying trading operations of the Company.

The APMs used by the Company are defined below and reconciled to the related IFRS financial measures:

132

PensionBee Group plc7 Company Financial Statements 
Parent Company Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 December 2021

Assets

Non-current Assets

Investment in Subsidiaries

Current Assets

Prepayments                                            

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Total Assets

Equity and Liabilities

Equity 

Share Capital

Share Premium

Share-based Payment Reserve                                            

Retained Earnings

Total Equity

Current Liabilities

Trade and Other Payables

Total Equity and Liabilities

The Company Loss for the period is £1,275,000

The notes on pages 116 to 132 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Approved by the Board on 13 April 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

Romi Savova 
Chief Executive Officer

Note         

 2021
£ 000

 3

348,089

           4

8

 9

 9

5

64

 12,139

 12,203

 360,292

221

53,218

3,324

303,302

360,065

227

360,292

133

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Share Capital

Share Premium

Note

£ 000

£ 000

Share-based Payment 

Reserve

£ 000

Retained Earnings

£ 000

Total

£ 000

Loss for the year

Total Comprehensive Loss

Share-based Payment Transactions

Issue of Share Capital

Group Reorganisation

8

8

Transaction Costs on Issue of Shares

        8

Exercise of Share Options

8

  -

-

-

33

180

-

8

  -

-

-

54,967

-

(1,749)

-

  -

-

3,324

-

-

-

-

 (1,275)

 (1,275)

 (1,275)

-

-

304,585

-

(8)

 (1,275)

3,324

55,000

304,765

(1,749)

-

At 31 December 2021

       221

   53,218

3,324

  303,302

  360,065

134

PensionBee Group plc8 Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

for the year ended 31 December 2021

1. Accounting Policies

Statement of Compliance

These financial statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 102 'The 
Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland'.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Key Accounting Estimates

The  principal  accounting  policies  applied  in  the  preparation  of  these  financial  statements  are 
set out below.  These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless 
otherwise stated.

Basis of Preparation

These financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost convention.

The financial statements are presented in GBP and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand 
(£’000), except when otherwise indicated. The functional currency of the Company is GBP because 
it is the primary currency in the economic environment in which the Company operates.

Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, the Directors have considered that 
the following key sources of estimation uncertainty at the statement of financial position date which 
have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.  The Company does 

not have any critical accounting judgements or key estimation uncertainties.

Summary of Disclosure Exemptions

The  Company  has  taken  advantage  of  the  following  disclosure  exemptions  in  preparing  these 

financial statements, as permitted by FRS 102:

 • the requirements of Section 4 Statement of Financial Position paragraph 4.12(a)(iv).
 • the requirements of Section 7 Statement of Cash Flows;
 • the requirements of Section 3 Financial Statement Presentation paragraph 3.17(d);

 • the requirements of Section 33 Related Party Disclosures paragraph 33.7;
 • the  requirements  of  Section  11  Financial  Instruments  paragraphs  11.41(b),  11.41(c),  11.41(e), 

11.41(f), 11.42, 11.44 to 11.45, 11.47, 11.48(a)(iii), 11.48(a)(iv), 11.48(b) and 11.48(c);

 • the requirements of Section 12 Other Financial Instruments paragraphs 12.26 to 12.27, 12.29(a), 

12.29(b) and 12.29A.

Going Concern

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate financial resources 

to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and are satisfied that the Company 

can continue to pay its liabilities as they fall due for a period of at least 12 months from the date of 

approval of these financial statements. The Company has strong cash reserves and forecasts growth 

in the subsidiary that should see the financial results improve in the future years. The Company’s 

only  investment  is  in  the  subsidiary.  Therefore,  the  subsidiary’s  ability  to  remain  in  operational 

existence was considered. 

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  been  considered  in  the  Directors'  assessment  of  going  concern. 

COVID-19 impact on the subsidiary operation was considered as the Company’s only investment is 

in the subsidiary. The subsidiary has been operationally resilient as proven by consistent operational 

efficiencies that have been maintained during remote working times. The Directors concluded that 

the COVID-19 pandemic will not impact the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  The 

impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on the markets and on the world more generally has also been 

considered in the Directors’ assessment of going concern. While the subsidiary’s own exposure to 

Russia in terms of investments is minimal, rounding to 0%, broader market volatility could impact 

Assets  under  Administration  and  the  Directors  will  continue  to  monitor  the  rapidly  developing 

situation. 

Stress testing was done on the subsidiary by considering severe and unlikely but possible scenarios. 

The  subsidiary  has  adequate  resources  to  survive  macroeconomic  downturns  and  the  Directors 

concluded that the subsidiary has sufficient financial resources to remain in operational existence. 

For these reasons, the Directors adopt the going concern basis of preparation for these financial 

statements. 

135

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021Tax

Investments

Tax on the loss for the year comprises research and development credit. There was no current or 

Investment in subsidiary is recognised at cost and an annual impairment review is undertaken.

deferred tax charge for the year (2020: £nil). Tax is recognised in the statement of comprehensive 

income  except  to  the  extent  that  it  relates  to  items  recognised  directly  in  equity  or  other 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

comprehensive  income,  in  which  case  it  is  recognised  directly  in  equity  or  other  comprehensive 

income.

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  on  hand  and  short  term  highly  liquid  deposits  with  a 

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from 

or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those 

Trade Receivables

that are enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date in the United Kingdom where the 

maturity of less than 3 months.

Company operates and generates taxable income.

Trade  and  other  receivables  are  recognised  initially  at  the  transaction  price  less  attributable 

transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using the 

Management  periodically  evaluates  positions  taken  in  the  tax  returns  with  respect  to  situations 

effective interest method, less any impairment losses in the case of trade receivables.

in  which  applicable  tax  regulations  are  subject  to  interpretation  and  establishes  liabilities  where 

appropriate.

Trade Payables

Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of 

Trade and other payables are recognised initially at transaction price plus attributable transaction 

assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date.

costs. Subsequently they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Deferred  tax  assets  are  recognised  for  all  deductible  temporary  differences,  the  carry  forward  of 

Trade and other payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in 

unused tax credits and any unused tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it 

the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if 

is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, 

payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If 

and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised.

not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the 

Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part 

of  the  deferred  tax  asset  to  be  utilised.  Unrecognised  deferred  tax  assets  are  re-assessed  at  each 

The  Group  assesses  at  each  reporting  date,  whether  there  is  an  indication  that  an  asset  may  be 

reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable 

impaired. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated based on 

profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

future cashflows with a suitable range of discount rates and the expectations of future performance. 

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the 

recoverable amount. Impairment loss is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

year when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have 

been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. The Group offsets deferred tax assets 

Share Capital

and deferred tax liabilities if and only if it has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets 

and  current  tax  liabilities  and  the  deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  relate  to  income 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Equity instruments are measured at the fair value of the cash 

taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable 

or other resources received or receivable, net of the direct costs of issuing the equity instruments. 

entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or to realise the 

Refer to Note 8 for the basis of accounting for the share for share transaction that was recorded during 

assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of 

the year. If payment is deferred and the time value of money is material, the initial measurement is 

deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered.

on a present value basis.

136

PensionBee Group plcShare-based Payment

PensionBee Limited has been included in the Group consolidated financial statements.

The financial effect of awards by the parent company of equity-settled awards (principally, options 

over its equity shares) to the employees of the subsidiary undertaking are recognised by the parent 

company in its individual financial statements. In particular, the parent company records an increase 

in  its  investment  in  subsidiaries  with  a  credit  to  equity  equivalent  to  the  expense  for  the  equity-

settled award recognised in the group for such awards. There are no recharges to the subsidiary 

undertaking for such awards.

2. Staff Numbers

The Company does not have employees.

3. Investments

Summary of the Company Investments

Investment in subsidiaries                                                 

Cost 

Additions

At 31 December 2021

Carrying Amount

At 31 December 2021

Subsidiary undertakings

Impairment of investment in subsidiary
At each reporting period, the investment is subsidiary is assessed for impairment. Management has 

determined the recoverable amount of the investment in subsidiary by reference to the subsidiary’s 

discounted forecast cash flows.  Key assumptions included in this assessment include consideration 

of growth rates which drive revenue and costs, expected changes to future costs and the discount 

rate.  The  period  considered  was  five  years.  The  Weighted  Average  Cost  of  Capital  (‘WACC’)  used 

for  discounting  the  forecast  cash  flows  was  12%  which  was  benchmarked  against  comparable 

companies. The recoverable amount is higher than the carrying amount therefore no impairment 

was identified.

4. Prepayments

Prepayments

 2021

£ 000

348,089

5. Trade and Other Payables

348,089

Trade Payables

 348,089

Accrued Expenses

Amounts due to Subsidiary

 348,089

6. Deferred Taxation

 2021

£ 000

64

 2021

£ 000

62

32

133

227

Name of Subsidiary

Principle activity

Registered office

interest and voting 

Proportion of ownership 

PensionBee Limited

Pension provider

209 Blackfriars Road

SE1 8NL

rights held (2021)

100%

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of tax losses as there is insufficient evidence 

of  recoverability  in  the  near  future.  The  Company  has  tax  losses  of  £409,000  that  are  indefinitely 

available against future taxable profits of the Company for which no deferred tax has been provided.

137

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 
                                                                        
                                                                        
7. Share-based Payment

Share-based Payment Reserve

The Share-based Payment Reserve represents the cumulative expense in relation to share options 

granted to subsidiary employees.

Retained Earnings

The balance in the retained earnings account represents the distributable reserves of the standalone 

company, PensionBee Group plc.

Full  disclosure  of  PensionBee's  share  option  scheme  is  given  in  Note  21  of  the  Annual  Report 

and  consolidated  financial  statements  2021.  The  disclosures  required  in  relation  to  Directors’ 

emoluments  and  share  option  plans  are  given  in  Note  6  of  the  Annual  Report  and  consolidated 

financial statements 2021.

8. Share capital

Ordinary of £0.001 each

          221,565

                 221

          221,565

                 221

No. 000

2021

 £ 000

On  24  March  2021,  PensionBee  Group  plc  acquired  all  the  issued  shares  of  PensionBee  Limited 

through a share for share transaction.  Every issued share in PensionBee Limited was exchanged for 

800 shares in PensionBee Group plc. Every share option was cancelled and replaced by 800 share 

options.  Through  the  Group  reorganisation,  PensionBee  Group  plc  issued  180,054,400  ordinary 

shares  of  £0.001  each  and  reduced  its  share  premium  to  create  additional  distributable  reserves. 

The issued ordinary shares were accounted for at their nominal value. On 26 April 2021, PensionBee 

Group plc issued 33,333,333 ordinary shares of £0.001 each as part f its Initial Public Offering (‘IPO’). 

Each share was issued at £1.65. Transaction costs incurred and directly attributable to the issuance of 

shares for the IPO amounted to £1,748,000. These costs were recognised as a reduction to the share 

premium. During the year, PensionBee Group plc issued further ordinary shares from share options 

exercised totaling 8,138,194 ordinary shares of £0.001 each. The exercise price for each exercised 

share options was £0.001. 

Each ordinary share carries one vote per share and ranks pari passu with respect to dividends 

and capital.

9. Reserves

Share Premium

The share premium account represents the excess of the issue price over the par value on shares 

issued, less transaction costs arising on the issue.

138

PensionBee Group plcPensionBee Executive Directors: Romi Savova (Chief Executive Officer), Jonathan Lister Parsons (Chief Technology Officer)

PensionBee Non-Executive Directors: Mark Wood CBE (Independent Chairman), Mary Francis CBE (Senior Independent Director), Michelle Cracknell CBE (Independent Non-Executive Director)

Company Secretary: Prism Cosec Limited, Highdown House, Yeoman Way, Worthing, West Sussex, BN99 3HH, United Kingdom

Registered Number: 13172844

Registered Office: 209 Blackfriars Road, London, SE1 8NL, United Kingdom

Auditor: Deloitte LLP, 4 Brindley Place, Birmingham, B1 2HZ, United Kingdom

Copyright 2022. PensionBee Ltd. Company registration: 9354862. FCA Reference Number: 744931. Information Commissioner's Office registration: ZA131262